Перевод: с греческого на все языки

со всех языков на греческий

be (in a certain way)

  • 1 πάσχω

    πάσχω, Il.20.297, etc.: [tense] impf.
    A

    ἔπασχον 17.375

    , etc.: [tense] fut.

    πείσομαι Od.2.134

    , etc. ; [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3sg.

    παισεῖται Abh.Berl.Akad.1925(5).21

    (Cyrene, iii B.C.): [tense] aor.

    ἔπᾰθον Il.9.492

    , etc.: [tense] pf.

    πέπονθα Od.13.6

    , etc.: [tense] plpf. ἐπεπόνθειν ib.92, etc.; [dialect] Att.

    ἐπεπόνθη Pl.Smp. 198c

    (all the above tenses in Hom., [tense] pres. and [tense] aor. only in Hes.). —Rarer forms, [ per.] 2pl. [tense] pf. πέπασθε (so Aristarch.) Il.3.99,

    πέποσθε Od. 23.53

    ; fem. [tense] pf. part.

    πεπᾰθυῖα 17.555

    ; [dialect] Dor. [tense] pf.

    πέποσχα Stesich. 89

    , Epich.11, PCair.Zen. 482.18 (iii B.C.) :— have something done to one, suffer, opp. do,

    ὅσσ' ἔρξαν τ' ἔπαθόν τε Od.8.490

    ;

    ῥέζοντά τι καὶ παθεῖν ἔοικεν Pi.N.4.32

    ; δρᾶν καὶ πάσχειν, v. δράω ; πολλὰ μὲν.. πείσεσθαι, πολλὰ δὲ ποιήσειν Hdt.5.89, etc.: hence used as [voice] Pass. of ποιέω (cf. Arist. Cat. 2a4, Metaph. 1017a26, Plot.3.6.8, etc.), π. τι ὑπό τινος to be treated so and so by another, suffer it at his hands,

    ἃ πάσχοντες ὑφ' ἑτέρων ὀργίζεσθε, ταῦτα τοὺς ἄλλους μὴ ποιεῖτε Isoc.3.61

    , cf. Hdt.1.44, 124,al. ;

    ἐξ ἐμοῦ μὲν ἔπαθες οἷα φῂς παθεῖν, δρᾷς δ' οὐδὲν ἡμᾶς εὖ E.Hec. 252

    ;

    οἷα πρὸς θεῶν πάσχω θεός A.Pr.92

    , cf. Hdt.1.36.
    2 of the influence of passion or feeling, to be affected in a certain way, be (or come to be) in a certain state of mind,

    οἱ Καμαριναῖοι ἐπεπόνθεσαν τοιόνδε Th.6.88

    , cf. 1.80, D.20.56 ;

    ὅ τι μὲν ὑμεῖς πεπόνθατε ὑπὸ τῶν ἐμῶν κατηγόρων οὐκ οἶδα Pl.Ap. 17a

    , cf. 21c, 22c, Alc.1.118b, Smp.198c ;

    π. τι πρός τινας Isoc.2.42

    , Pl.Grg. 485b, cf. X.Smp.4.11, 8.15, etc. ;

    τι ἔς τινας Th.6.11

    : sts. with Adj., ὑϊκὸν πάσχει he is swinishly disposed, X.Mem.1.2.30 : abs., ὁ πάσχων the man of feeling or impulse, ὁ μὴ πάσχων the un impassioned man, Arist.MM 1203b21.
    3 of things, πεπόνθασι.. αἱ Ἰώνων ὁρταὶ τοῦτο this is the case with.., Hdt.1.148 ; πάσχει δὲ ταὐτὸ τοῦτο καὶ τὰ κάρδαμα this is just the way with.., Ar.Nu. 234 ;

    οἷον τὰ γράμματα πεπονθότ' ἂν εἴη Pl.Sph. 253a

    ; ὁμοίως π. τῷ Νείλῳ to be in the same case with.., Hdt.2.20.
    4 Gramm., of words, to be subject to certain changes, EM 200.11, 491.2, etc. ; τὸ πεπονθός a modified form, A.D.Adv.137.16.
    b to be passive in meaning, Id.Synt. 244.6,al.
    III freq. with Advbs., κακῶς πάσχειν or παθεῖν to be in evil plight, unlucky, Od.16.275, Hdt.3.146, etc. ; κακῶς π. ὑπό τινος to be ill used, ill treated by.., A.Pr. 1041 (anap.) ; ἐκ Διὸς π. κακῶς ib. 759 (but also κακὸν π. ὑ. τ. Th.8.48): freq. with an Adj., κακά, αἰνά, λυγρὰ π ., Il.3.99, 22.431, Hdt.9.37 ;

    ἀνάρσια πρός τινος Id.5.89

    : freq. in Trag., π. δύσοιστα, τάλανα, ἀμήχανα, οἰκτρά, σχέτλια, ἀνάξια, A.Eu. 789 (lyr.), Th. 988 (dub.), E.Hipp. 598, Hec. 321, Andr. 1180 (dub.), IA 852 : also in Prose, δεινά, βίαια π., D.51.19, 21.1, etc. ; πρέποντα πάσχειν Anti-pho 3.3.9 : in Hom. also with Subst., ἄλγεα, κήδεα, πήματα, ἀεκήλια ἔργα, Il.20.297, Od.17.555, Il.5.886, 18.77 : rarely in [dialect] Att.,

    πράγματ' αἴσχιστ' ἂν ἐπάθομεν D.21.17

    .
    b εὖ πάσχειν to be well off, in good case, c. gen., τῶν αὑτοῦ (leg. ὧν αὐτοῦ, cf. ὅς Possess.) κτεάνων εὖ πασχέμεν to have the good of, enjoy one's own, like ἀπολαύω, γεύομαι, etc., Thgn. 1009, cf. Pi.N.1.32 ; εὖ πάσχειν receive benefits, opp. εὖ δρᾶν, A.Eu. 868, Th.2.40, etc. ;

    ἀνθ' ὧν ἔπασχον εὖ.. χάριν δοῦναι S.OC 1489

    ;

    τιμᾶσθαι.. ἐν τῇ μνήμῃ τῶν εὖ πεπονθότων Aeschin.3.182

    ;

    εὖ παθεῖν ὑπό τινων Pl.Grg. 519d

    , etc.: also with an Adj.,

    π. ἀγαθά Hdt.2.37

    ;

    τι ἐσλόν Pi.P.9.89

    , cf. Alc.Supp.22.5 ;

    τερπνόν τι S. Aj. 521

    , cf. Theoc.7.83 ; χαρτά, ὅσια, E.Ph. 618, Hec. 788 ; γλυκέα, χαρίεντα π., Ar. Pax 591, Ec. 794 ;

    δίκαια Din.1.10

    ;

    φιλικὰ ὑπό τινος X.Cyr.4.6.6

    .
    2 without Adv., with reference to evil, used for κακῶς or

    κακὰπ., μάλα πόλλ' ἔπαθον καὶ πόλλ' ἐμόγησα Od.5.223

    , cf. Il. 23.607 ;

    εἴ κεν μάλα πολλὰ πάθοι 22.220

    ; ὁτιοῦν π. suffer anything whatever, Isoc.12.133, etc.: abs., παθὼν δέ τε νήπιος ἔγνω by hard experience, Hes. Op. 218, cf. S.OT 403 ; ὁ παθών the injured parly, Pl. Lg. 730a, 878c :—Phrases: μή τι πάθῃς or πάθοι, lest thou, lest he suffer any ill, Od.17.596, Il.5.567, cf. 11.470, etc. ;

    μή τι πάθωμεν 13.52

    : hence εἴ τι πάθοιμι or ἤν τι πάθω, as euphemism, if aught were to happen to me, i.e. if I were to die, Callin.1.17, Hdt.8.102, Ar.Ec. 1105, V. 385, Lys.19.51, Theoc.8.10 ;

    ἂν οὗτός τι πάθῃ D.4.11

    ;

    ἐάν τινα ἀνθρώπινα πάσχῃ IG3.74.13

    ; so

    εἴ τι πείσεται.. ἅδε γᾶ E.Ph. 244

    (lyr.) ;

    ἤν τι ναῦς πάθῃ Id.IT 755

    , cf. Syngr. ap. D.35.13.
    b in Law, suffer punishment, pay the penalty, Lys.20.30 ;

    π. ὡς ἱερόσυλος SIG 1016.7

    (Iasos, iv B. C.), cf. 1 Ep.Pet.4.15 ; ὡς προδότης καὶ ἐπιβουλεύων τῷ δήμῳ πασχέτω τι Aen. Tact.11.9 ;

    τιμᾶν ὅ τι χρὴ παθεῖν.. ἢ ἀποτεῖσαι Pl.Plt. 299a

    (- τίνειν codd.), cf. Ap. 36b, X.Mem.2.9.5, IG12.65.50, etc.
    3 τί πάθω ; what is to become of me? ὤμοι ἐγώ, τί π. ; Il.11.404, Od.5.465, S.OC 216 (lyr.), Theoc.3.24 ; sts. what (else) am I to do? Ar.Nu. 798 ; so esp. τί γὰρ π. ; E.Hec. 614, Supp. 257, Ar.Av. 1432, etc. ; ὡμολόγηκα· τί γὰρ π. ; I allow it—how can I help it? Pl.Euthd. 302d, cf. Hdt.4.118.
    4 in [ per.] 2sg., τί πάσχεις ; what's the matter with you? Ar.Nu. 708, Av. 1044 ; τί χρῆμα πάσχεις ; Id.Nu. 816 : so in [tense] aor. part., τί παθών ; τί παθόντε λελάσμεθα θούριδος ἀλκῆς ; what possesses us that we have forgotten.. ? Il.11.313 ; but τί παθόντες γαῖαν ἔδυτε ; what befell you that you died ? Od.24.106 ; also οὐδὲν θαυμαστὸν ἔπαθεν.. πεισθείς no wonder that he was induced, Antipho 2.4.7.
    5 to be ill, suffer, c. acc. of the part affected, π. τοὺς πόδας, τὴν πλευράν, PSI4.293.23 (iii A. D.), PGen.56.27 (iv A. D.) : abs. in part., ὁ πάσχων, almost = ὁ κάμνων, the patient, PMag. Par.1.3017 ;

    μεταβαίνει ἀπὸ τῶν παθῶν ἐπὶ τοὺς πάσχοντας ἀνθρώπους Gal.16.583

    , cf. 15.501, Sor.Fasc. 45, al.
    IV in later Stoic Philos., πάσχειν is to be acted upon by outward objects, take impressions from, them, opp. ἀποπάσχω, mostly folld. by ὅτι, to be led to suppose that.., Arr.Epict.1.2.3, 1.18.1, etc.: also c. acc., have experience of, ἀρετήν, λόγον, Ph.2.449, 1.121. (Π θσκω, [tense] fut. Πένθ-σομαι, cf. πένθος.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πάσχω

  • 2 σχηματίζω

    σχημᾰτ-ίζω, [tense] pf. [voice] Pass. ἐσχημάτισμαι, v.infr. 11.1; but in sense of [voice] Med., v. infr.1.2.
    Iintr., assume a certain form, figure, posture, or position,

    ὅσα σχηματίζουσι τὰ στρατόπεδα.. ἐν ταῖς μάχαις Pl.R. 526d

    , cf. Polyaen.5.16.1, Ascl.Tact.12.1; τὰ αἰσχρὰ καὶ πονηρὰ σχήματα ς. Pl.Hp.Mi. 374b: abs., gesticulate, dance figures, Ar. Pax 324, Fr. 678:—[voice] Med., Poll.4.95 (also σ. ἑαυτόν put oneself in posture, Luc.Salt.17), v. infr. 11.3; προστάσεως, ἢν πρὸς τοὺς ἔξω σχηματίζονται the pompous appearance, which they assume, Pl.R. 577a.
    3 Astrol., of a heavenly body, to be in configuration, Man.4.500:—[voice] Pass., Heph.Astr.1.9 (printed ἐσχατ.), Tz.H. 1.471.
    II trans., give a certain form to a thing, shape, fashion, σ. τὸ ἁρμόσσον σχῆμα (sc. τὸ ὀθόνιον) give such a form to the cloth as will fit.., Hp.Art.37; τὰ ἁπλᾶ σώματα ς. Arist.Cael. 306b3, cf. Phld.Rh.1.196 S.;

    τὸν ὄγκον Arist.GC 327b15

    ; παρθένον ἀκέφαλον ς. Eratosth.Cat.9;

    ἕκαστον μέρος πρὸς τὸ βέλτιον D.S. 5.73

    ;

    τὸ πρόσωπον εἰς ἡδονήν Ach.Tat.6.11

    ;

    τὸν βραχίονα γυμνὸν οἷον ἐφ' ὕβρει Plu.CG13

    :—[voice] Med., σχηματίζεσθαι κόμην arrange one's hair, E.Med. 1161:—[voice] Pass.,

    τὰ κατὰ φύσιν ἐσχηματισμένα Arist.Cael. 302b26

    ;

    τῶν ἐσχ. τι [γίνεται] ἐξ ἀσχημοσύνης Id.Ph. 188b19

    , etc.;

    ἐσχημάτ ισται δ' ἀσπίς A.Th. 465

    ; τῶν -ιζομένων θεῶν the gods who possess figure, Dam.Pr. 261;

    τὸ πρόσωπον τὸ -ισθέν Phld.Mus.p.73

    K.
    2 deck out, dress up,

    ἑαυτὸν ὡς κοσμιώτατα Luc.Merc.Cond.14

    , cf. Fug. 13, JTr.16, Jul.ad Ath.274c: Rhet.,

    σ. λόγον Philostr.VS1.21.5

    , cf. 2.1.11; opp. εὐθέως εἰπεῖν, Aristid.Rh.1p.462S.:—[voice] Pass.,

    ἐσχηματις μένοι περιέρχονται Lys.Fr.73

    ;

    θεοὶ κατὰ τέχνην ἐσχηματις μένοι Luc. JTr.8

    ; τὸ ἐσχηματισμένον figurative style, Demetr.Eloc. 294, cf. D.H. Rh.8,9, Philostr.VS2.17;

    ἐσχηματισμένα ζητήματα Hermog.Id.1.4

    .
    3 arrange in certain figures,

    χορούς Chamael.

    ap. Ath.1.21f; σ. αὑτόν pose oneself, for being painted, ib.12.543f:—[voice] Pass. and [voice] Med., put oneself in certain forms or postures, assume various shapes, Hp.Fract.2; εἴθισται ἐς χηματίσθαι to assume a position, ib. 15 (om. codd. MV, Gal.);

    ἐς σχήματα σχηματίζεσθαι Id.Art.10

    ; of sick persons, Id.Coac.463; of the foetus, Sor.2.60; of actors, gesticulate, X.Smp.1.9; σχηματιζόμενοι ῥυθμοί accompanied with gestures, Arist.Po. 1447a27.
    4 adapt,

    τι πρός τι Gp.10.4.1

    , cf. 10.75.9.
    5 form a word, D.T.635.2, A.D. Pron.58.7,al., Sch.Od.17.134.
    6 use σχήματα (v.

    σχῆμα 7d

    ),

    σ. φορτικῶς D.H.Isoc.3

    ; construct,

    περίοδοι ὁμοίως -ιζόμεναι Id.Pomp. 5

    , cf. Hermog.Inv.3.10.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > σχηματίζω

  • 3 πως

    πως, [dialect] Ion. [full] κως, enclit. Adv. of Manner,
    A in any way, at all, by any means,

    οὐ μέν π. ἅλιον πέλει ὅρκιον Il.4.158

    , cf. Od.20.392; ἀλλὰ μὴ γένοιτό π. A.Ag. 1249; cf. οὔπως, μήπως: freq. after other Advbs. of Manner, ὧδέ π. somehow so, X.Cyr.3.3.7; ἄλλως π. in some other way, Id.An.3.1.20; τεχνικῶς π. ib.6.1.5; εὐσχημόνως π. Id.Cyr.1.3.9; sometimes merely to qualify their force, when it cannot be always rendered by any one English equivalent, ἀεί π. Il.12.211; μάλα π. 14.104, X.Cyr.4.5.54; μόγις π. Pl.Prt. 328d, etc.: with Verbs,

    καὶ ἔτυχέ κως τοῦ μάγου Hdt.3.78

    , cf. 150; τὸ γὰρ κάταγμα τυγχάνω ῥίψασά π. S.Tr. 695;

    ἠθάς εἰμί π. τῶν τῆσδε μύθων Id.El. 372

    ;

    πράσσοντές π. ταῦτα Th.2.3

    ; ἀπώκνησάν π. Id.3.20; freq. after

    γάρ, ἔνεστι γάρ π... τῇ τυραννίδι νόσημα A.Pr. 226

    , cf. Ch. 958 (lyr.), etc.: most freq. after hypothet. Particles,

    εἴ πως Od.14.460

    ; ἐάν π. S.OC 1770 (anap.), Tr. 584; ἤν π. Ar.V. 399: expressing uncertainty, I suppose, Hdt.1.95,3.108.
    II πως, πῶς, or πώς, in a certain way, opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.Pol. 1275a16;

    οὐδ' ὁ ἁπλῶς ὀργιζόμενος, ἀλλ' ὁ πῶς Id.EN 1106a1

    ; ἀλλὰ πῶς πραττόμενα καὶ πῶς νεμόμενα δίκαια ib. 1137a12.
    2 πὼς μὲν.., πὼς δὲ.. in one way.., in another.., Iamb.Comm.Math.13, Them.in de An.4.25-28,al.;

    πῶς μὲν.., ὅλως δὲ.. Arist.Pol. 1263a26

    . ( πῶς is Adv. of stem πο- (I.-E. q[uglide]o-), whence ποῦ, ποῖ, πῇ, etc.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > πως

  • 4 ἔχω

    ἔχω (Hom.+) impf. εἶχον, 1 pl. εἴχαμεν and 3 pl. εἶχαν (both as vv.ll.; Mlt-H. 194; B-D-F §82) Mk 8:7; Rv 9:8 or εἴχοσαν (B-D-F §84, 2; Mlt-H. 194; Kühner-Bl. II p. 55) J 15:22, 24; 2 aor. ἔσχον; mixed aor. forms include ἔσχαν Hv 3, 5, 1, ἔσχοσαν 1 Esdr 6:5; 1 Macc 10:15 (ἔσχον, εἴχον vv.ll.); pf. ἔσχηκα; plpf. ἐσχήκειν.—In the following divisions: act. trans. 1–9; act. intr. 10; mid. 11.
    to possess or contain, have, own (Hom.+)
    to possess someth. that is under one’s control
    α. own, possess (s. esp. TestJob 9f) κτήματα πολλά own much property Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. πρόβατα Lk 15:4; J 10:16. θησαυρόν Mt 19:21; Mk 10:21b. βίον living Lk 21:4; 1J 3:17. δραχμὰς δέκα Lk 15:8. πλοῖα Rv 18:19. κληρονομίαν Eph 5:5. θυσιαστήριον Hb 13:10a; μέρος ἔ. ἔν τινι have a share in someth. Rv 20:6. Gener. μηδὲν ἔ. own nothing (SibOr 3, 244) 2 Cor 6:10. ὅσα ἔχεις Mk 10:21; cp. 12:44; Mt 13:44, 46; 18:25. τί ἔχεις ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔλαβες; what do you have that you have not been given? 1 Cor 4:7. The obj. acc. is often used w. an adj. or ptc.: ἔ. ἅπαντα κοινά have everything in common Ac 2:44 (cp. Jos., Ant. 15, 18). ἔ. πολλὰ ἀγαθὰ κείμενα have many good things stored up Lk 12:19.—Hb 12:1. Abs. ἔ. have (anything) (Soph.et al.; Sir 13:5; 14:11) Mt 13:12a; Mk 4:25a; Lk 8:18a. ἐκ τοῦ ἔχειν in accordance w. what you have 2 Cor 8:11. ἔ. εἰς ἀπαρτισμόν have (enough) to complete Lk 14:28. W. neg. ἔ. have nothing Mt 13:12b; Mk 4:25b; Lk 8:18b.—ὁ ἔχων the one who has, who is well off (Soph., Aj. 157; Eur., Alc. 57; X., An. 7, 3, 28; Ar. 15:7). πᾶς ὁ ἔχων everyone who has (anything) Mt 25:29a; Lk 19:26a. ὁ μὴ ἔχων the one who has nothing (X., An. 7, 3, 28; 1 Esdr 9:51, 54; 2 Esdr 18:10) Mt 25:29b; Lk 19:26b; 1 Cor 11:22.
    β. have = hold in one’s charge or keeping ἔ. τὰς κλεῖς hold the keys Rv 1:18; cp. 3:7. τὸ γλωσσόκομον the money-box J 12:6; 13:29.
    to contain someth. have, possess, of the whole in relation to its parts
    α. of living beings, of parts of the body in men and animals μέλη Ro 12:4a; cp. 1 Cor 12:12. σάρκα καὶ ὀστέα Lk 24:39 (Just., A I, 66, 2 καὶ σάρκα καὶ αἷμα) ἀκροβυστίαν Ac 11:3. οὖς Rv 2:7, 11. ὦτα Mt 11:15; Mk 7:16; Lk 8:8. χεῖρας, πόδας, ὀφθαλμούς Mt 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45, 47. Of animals and animal-like beings ἔ. πρόσωπον Rv 4:7. πτέρυγας vs. 8. κέρατα 5:6. ψυχάς 8:9. τρίχας 9:8. κεφαλάς 12:3 (TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 19 [Stone p. 84]) al. ἔχοντες ὑγιῆ τὴν σάρκα AcPlCor 2:32 (Just., D. 48, 3 σάρκα ἔχων). Of plants (TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62] εὗρον δένδρον … ἔχον κλάδους) ῥίζαν ἔ. Mt 13:6; Mk 4:6.
    β. of inanimate things: of cities τ. θεμελίους ἔ. Hb 11:10; cp. Rv 21:14. Of a head-covering χαρακτῆρα ἔχει βασιλικόν has a royal emblem GJs 2:2.
    to have at hand, have at one’s disposal have ἄρτους Mt 14:17; cp. 15:34; J 21:5, where the sense is prob. ‘Did you catch any fish for breakfast?’. οὐκ ἔχω ὸ̔ παραθήσω αὐτῷ I have nothing to set before him Lk 11:6. μὴ ἐχόντων τί φάγωσι since they had nothing to eat Mk 8:1; cp. Mt 15:32 (Soph., Oed. Col. 316 οὐκ ἔχω τί φῶ). οὐκ ἔχω ποῦ συνάξω I have no place to store Lk 12:17. ἄντλημα a bucket J 4:11a. οἰκίας ἔ. have houses (at one’s disposal) 1 Cor 11:22. Of pers.: have (at one’s disposal) (PAmh 92, 18 οὐχ ἕξω κοινωνόν and oft. in pap) Moses and the prophets Lk 16:29. παράκλητον an advocate, a helper 1J 2:1. οὐδένα ἔ. ἰσόψυχον Phil 2:20. ἄνθρωπον οὐκ ἔ. J 5:7.
    to have within oneself have σύλλημα ἔχει ἐκ πνεύματος ἁγίου she has something conceived through the Holy Spirit GJs 18:1. Var. constr. w. ἐν: of women ἐν γαστρὶ ἔ. be pregnant (γαστήρ 2) Mt 1:18, 23 (Is 7:14); 24:19; Mk 13:17; Lk 21:23; 1 Th 5:3; Rv 12:2. ἔ. τινὰ ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ have someone in one’s heart Phil 1:7 (Ovid, Metam. 2, 641 aliquem clausum pectore habere). ἔ. τι ἐν ἑαυτῷ (Jos., Ant. 8, 171; cp. TestAbr A 3 p. 80, 14 [Stone p. 8] ἔκρυψεν τὸ μυστήριον, μόνος ἔχων ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ αὐτοῦ): ζωήν J 5:26. τὴν μαρτυρίαν 1J 5:10; τὸ ἀπόκριμα τοῦ θανάτου have a sentence of death within oneself 2 Cor 1:9.
    to have with oneself or in one’s company have μεθʼ ἑαυτοῦ (X., Cyr. 1, 4, 17) τινά someone Mt 15:30; 26:11; Mk 2:19; 14:7; J 12:8; AcPl Ha 8, 35; σὺν αὐτῷ 4:18.—The ptc. w. acc. = with (Diod S 12, 78, 1 ἔχων δύναμιν with a [military] force; 18, 61, 1 ὁ θρόνος ἔχων τὸ διάδημα the throne with the diadem; JosAs 27:8 ἔχοντες ἐσπασμένας τὰς ῥομφαίας ‘with their swords drawn’) ἀνέβησαν ἔχοντες αὐτόν they went up with him Lk 2:42 D.
    to stand in a close relationship to someone, have, have as
    of relatives πατέρα ἔ. J 8:41. ἀδελφούς Lk 16:28. ἄνδρα (Aristot., Cat. 15b, 27f λεγόμεθα δὲ καὶ γυναῖκα ἔχειν καὶ ἡ γυνὴ ἄνδρα; Tob 3:8 BA) be married (of the woman) J 4:17f; 1 Cor 7:2b, 13; Gal 4:27 (Is 54:1). γυναῖκα of the man (cp. Lucian, Tox. 45; SIG 1160 γυναικὸς Αἴ., τῆς νῦν ἔχει; PGM 13, 320; 1 Esdr 9:12, 18; Just., D. 141, 4 πολλὰς ἔσχον γυναίκας. As early as Od. 11, 603 Heracles ἔχει Ἥβην) 1 Cor 7:2a, 12, 29 (for the wordplay cp. Heliod. 1, 18, 4 in connection w. the handing over of a virgin: σὺ ἔχων οὐκ ἕξεις; Crates, 7th Ep. [p. 58, 8 Malherbe] πάντʼ ἔχοντες οὐδὲν ἔχετε). τέκνα Mt 21:28; 22:24; 1 Ti 3:4; 5:4; Tit 1:6. υἱούς (Artem. 5, 42 τὶς τρεῖς ἔχων υἱούς; cp. θυγατέρα TestAbr B 10 p. 114, 17 [Stone p.76]) Lk 15:11; Gal 4:22. σπέρμα have children Mt 22:25. W. acc. as obj. and in predicate (Ar. 8, 4 τούτους συνηγόρους ἔχοντες τῆς κακίας; 11, 3 ἔσχε μοιχὸν τὸν Ἄρην; Ath. 7, 2 ἔχομεν προφήτας μάρτυρας) ἔ. τινὰ πατέρα have someone as father Mt 3:9. ἔ. τινὰ γυναῖκα (w. γυναῖκα to be understood fr. the context) 14:4; cp. Mk 6:18; ὥστε γυναῖκά τινα τοῦ πατρὸς ἔ. that someone has taken his father’s wife (as his own wife: the simple ἔχειν in this sense as Plut., Cato Min. 21, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 10 §34; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 147. Perh. an illicit relationship is meant, as Longus 4, 17; Hesychius Miles. [VI A.D.], Viri Ill. 4 JFlach [1880] ἔχω Λαί̈δα) 1 Cor 5:1 (Diod S 20, 33, 5 of a man who had illicit relations with his stepmother: ἔχειν λάθρᾳ τοῦ πατρὸς τὴν Ἀλκίαν).
    more gener. φίλον have a friend Lk 11:5. ἀσθενοῦντας have sick people Lk 4:40 and χήρας widows 1 Ti 5:16 to care for; παιδαγωγοὺς ἔ. 1 Cor 4:15. δοῦλον Lk 17:7. οἰκονόμον 16:1; κύριον ἔ. have a master, i.e. be under a master’s control Col 4:1; δεσπότην ἔ. 1 Ti 6:2; βασιλέα J 19:15. ἀρχιερέα Hb 4:14; 8:1. ποιμένα Mt 9:36. ἔχων ὑπʼ ἐμαυτὸν στρατιώτας I have soldiers under me Lk 7:8. W. direct obj. and predicate acc. ἔ. τινὰ ὑπηρέτην have someone as an assistant Ac 13:5 (Just., A I, 14, 1) ἔ. τινὰ τύπον have someone as an example Phil 3:17.—Of the relation of Christians to God and to Jesus ἔ. θεόν, τὸν πατέρα, τὸν υἱόν have God, the Father, the Son, i.e. be in communion w. them 1J 2:23; 2J 9; AcPl Ha 4, 7.—HHanse, at end of this entry.
    to take a hold on someth., have, hold (to), grip
    of holding someth. in one’s hand ἔ. τι ἐν τῇ χειρί have someth. in one’s hand (since Il. 18, 505) Rv 1:16; 6:5; 10:2; 17:4. Of holding in the hand without ἐν τῇ χειρί (Josh 6:8; JosAs 5:7) ἔ. κιθάραν 5:8. λιβανωτὸν χρυσοῦν 8:3, cp. vs. 6; 14:17 and s. ἀλάβαστρον Mt 26:7 and Mk 14:3.
    of keeping someth. safe, a mina (a laborer’s wages for about three months) in a handkerchief keep safe Lk 19:20.
    of holding fast to matters of transcendent importance, fig. τὴν μαρτυρίαν Rv 6:9; 12:17; 19:10; the secret of Christian piety 1 Ti 3:9; an example of sound teaching 2 Ti 1:13; keep (Diod S 17, 93, 1 τὴν βασιλείαν ἔχειν=keep control) Mk 6:18.
    of states of being hold, hold in its grip, seize (Hom. et al.; PGiss 65a, 4 παρακαλῶ σε κύριέ μου, εἰδότα τὴν ἔχουσάν με συμφορὰν ἀπολῦσαί μοι; Job 21:6; Is 13:8; Jos., Ant. 3, 95 δέος εἶχε τοὺς Ἑβρ.; 5, 63; Just., D. 19, 3) εἶχεν αὐτὰς τρόμος καὶ ἔκστασις trembling and amazement had seized them Mk 16:8.
    to carry/bear as accessory or part of a whole, have on, wear, of clothing, weapons, etc. (Hom. et al.; LXX; TestAbr B p. 114, 22 [Stone p. 76]) τὸ ἔνδυμα Mt 3:4; 22:12 (cp. ἔνδυσιν TestJob 25:7). κατὰ κεφαλῆς ἔχων w. τὶ to be supplied while he wears (a covering) on his head 1 Cor 11:4. ἔ. θώρακας Rv 9:9, 17. ἔ. μάχαιραν wear a sword (Jos., Ant. 6, 190) J 18:10. Sim. of trees ἔ. φύλλα have leaves Mk 11:13 (ApcSed. 8:8).
    be in a position to do someth., can, be able, ἔ. w. inf. foll. (Hom. et al.; cp. Eur., Hec. 761; Hdt. 1, 49; Pla., Phd. p. 76d; Demosth., Ep. 2, 22; Theocr. 10, 37 τὸν τρόπον οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν=I cannot specify the manner; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 21, 2, Hermot. 55; Epict. 1, 9, 32; 2, 2, 24 al.; Ael. Aristid. 51, 50 K.=27 p. 546 D.: οὐκ ἔχω λέγειν; PPetr II, 12, 1, 16; PAmh 131, 15; Pr 3:27; ApcEsdr 2:24; 3:7; 6:5; TestAbr A 8, p. 86, 13 [Stone p. 20]; Jos., Ant. 1, 338; 2, 58; Just., A I, 19, 5, D. 4, 6 οὐκ ἔχω εἰπεῖν) ἔ. ἀποδοῦναι be able to pay Mt 18:25a; Lk 7:42; 14:14. μὴ ἔ. περισσότερον τι ποιῆσαι be in a position to do nothing more 12:4. οὐδὲν ἔ. ἀντειπεῖν be able to make a reply Ac 4:14; cp. Tit 2:8. ἔ. κατηγορεῖν αὐτοῦ J 8:6 (cp. 9a below, end). ἀσφαλές τι γράψαι οὐκ ἔχω I have nothing definite to write Ac 25:26a; cp. 26b. ἔ. μεταδιδόναι Eph 4:28a. ἔ. τὴν τούτων μνήμην ποιεῖσθαι be able to recall these things to mind 2 Pt 1:15. κατʼ οὐδενὸς εἶχεν μείζονος ὀμόσαι he could swear by no one greater Hb 6:13. In the same sense without the actual addition of the inf., which is automatically supplied fr. context (X., An. 2, 1, 9) ὸ̔ ἔσχεν (i.e. ποιῆσαι) ἐποίησεν she has done what she could Mk 14:8.
    to have an opinion about someth., consider, look upon, view w. acc. as obj. and predicate acc. (POxy 292, 6 [c. 25 A.D.] ἔχειν αὐτὸν συνεσταμένον=look upon him as recommended; 787 [16 A.D.]; PGiss 71, 4; Job 30:9; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 16, 19; Ath. 32, 3 τοὺς μὲν υἱοὺς … νοοῦμεν, τοὺς δὲ ἀδελφούς ἔχομεν) ἔχε με παρῃτημένον consider me excused (= don’t expect me to come) Lk 14:18b, 19 (cp. Martial 2, 79 excusatum habeas me). τινὰ ἔντιμον ἔ. hold someone in honor Phil 2:29. ἔ. τινὰ ὡς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 14:5; 21:26, 46 v.l. (cp. GNicod 5 [=Acta Pilati B 5 p. 297 Tdf.] ἔχειν [Jannes and Jambres] ὡς θεούς; Just., D. 47, 5 τὸν μετανοοῦντα … ὡς δίκαιον καὶ ἀναμάρτητον ἔχει). ἔ. τινὰ εἰς προφήτην consider someone a prophet Mt 21:46 (cp. Duris [III B.C.]: 76 Fgm. 21 Jac. ὸ̔ν εἰς θεοὺς ἔχουσιν). εἶχον τ. Ἰωάννην ὄντως ὅτι προφήτης ἦν they thought that John was really a prophet Mk 11:32.
    to experience someth., have (freq. in auxiliary capacity CTurner, JTS 28, 1927, 357–60)
    of all conditions of body and soul (Hom. et al.; LXX)
    α. of illness, et al. (ApcMos 6 νόσον καὶ πόνον ἔχω; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 305) ἀσθενείας have sicknesses/diseases Ac 28:9. μάστιγας physical troubles Mk 3:10. πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης Rv 13:14. θλῖψιν J 16:33b; 1 Cor 7:28; Rv 2:10. Esp. of possession by hostile spirits: δαιμόνιον ἔ. be possessed by an evil spirit Mt 11:18; Lk 7:33; 8:27; J 7:20; 8:48f, 52; 10:20. Βεελζεβούλ Mk 3:22. πνεῦμα ἀκάθαρτον vs. 30; 7:25; Ac 8:7. πνεῦμα δαιμονίου ἀκαθάρτου Lk 4:33. πνεῦμα πονηρόν Ac 19:13. πνεῦμα ἄλαλον Mk 9:17. πνεῦμα ἀσθενείας spirit of sickness Lk 13:11. τὸν λεγιῶνα (the evil spirit called) Legion Mk 5:15.
    β. gener. of conditions, characteristics, capabilities, emotions, inner possession: ἀγάπην ἔ. have love (cp. Diod S 3, 58, 3 φιλίαν ἔχειν; Just., D. 93, 4 φιλίαν ἢ ἀγάπην ἔχοντε) J 5:42; 13:35; 15:13; 1J 4:16; 1 Cor 13:1ff; 2 Cor 2:4; Phil 2:2; 1 Pt 4:8. ἀγνωσίαν θεοῦ fail to know God 1 Cor 15:34. ἁμαρτίαν J 9:41; 15:22a. ἀσθένειαν Hb 7:28. γνῶσιν 1 Cor 8:1, 10 (Just., A II, 13, 1; D. 28, 4). ἐλπίδα Ac 24:15; Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12; 10:15; Eph 2:12; 1J 3:3 (Ath. 33, 1). ἐπιθυμίαν Phil 1:23. ἐπιποθίαν Ro 15:23b; ζῆλον ἔ. have zeal Ro 10:2. Have jealousy Js 3:14. θυμόν Rv 12:12. λύπην (ApcMos 3 p. 2, 16 Tdf.) J 16:21f; 2 Cor 2:3; Phil 2:27; μνείαν τινὸς ἔ. remember someone 1 Th 3:6. παρρησίαν Phlm 8; Hb 10:19; 1J 2:28; 3:21; 4:17; 5:14. πεποίθησιν 2 Cor 3:4; Phil 3:4. πίστιν Mt 17:20; 21:21; Mk 4:40; Ac 14:9; Ro 14:22; 1 Cor 13:2; 1 Ti 1:19 al. (Just., A I, 52, 1). προφητείαν have the gift of prophecy 1 Cor 13:2. σοφίαν (X., Mem. 2, 3, 10) Rv 17:9. συνείδησιν ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 10:2. καλὴν συνείδησιν 13:18; ἀγαθὴν ς. 1 Ti 1:19; 1 Pt 3:16; ἀπρόσκοπον ς. Ac 24:16; ὑπομονήν Rv 2:3. φόβον 1 Ti 5:20. χαράν Phlm 7. χάριν ἔ. τινί be grateful to someone Lk 17:9; 1 Ti 1:12; 2 Ti 1:3; σιγὴν ἔ. be silent Hs 9, 11, 5. ἀνάγκην ἔσχον I felt it necessary Jd 3 (HKoskenniemi, Studien zur Idee und Phraseologie des Griechischen Briefes bis 400 n. Chr. ’56, 78–87).
    γ. of advantages, benefits, or comforts that one enjoys: ἔ. τὰ αἰτήματα to have been granted the requests 1J 5:15; ἀνάπαυσιν ἔ. have rest Rv 4:8; 14:11; ἀπόλαυσιν τινος ἔ. enjoy someth. Hb 11:25. βάθος γῆς Mt 13:5b; Mk 4:5b; γῆν πολλήν Mt 13:5a; Mk 4:5a. τὴν προσέλευσιν τὴν πρὸς τὸν κύριον AcPl Ha 8, 22f; εἰρήνην Ro 5:1. ἐλευθερίαν Gal 2:4. S. ἐξουσία, ἐπαγγελία, ἔπαινος, ζωή, ἰκμάς, καιρός, καρπός, καύχημα, καύχησις, λόγος, μισθός, νοῦς, πνεῦμα, προσαγωγή, πρόφασις, τιμή, χάρις (=favor), χάρισμα.
    δ. of a sense of obligation in regard to someth.—W. dir. object have = have someth. over one, be under someth.: ἀνάγκην ἔχειν be under necessity 1 Cor 7:37a; w. inf. foll. have a need (ἀνάγκη 1) Lk 14:18; 23:16 v.l.; Hb 7:27; χρείαν ἔ. be in need abs. Eph 4:28b; τινός need someth. (Aeschyl. et al.; SIG 333, 20; 421, 35 al.; PPetr III, 42 G 9, 7 [III B.C.] ἐάν τινος χρείαν ἔχῃς; Ath. 13, 2 ποίας ἔτι χρείαν ἑκατόμβης ἔχει;) Mt 6:8; 9:12a; Mk 11:3; Lk 19:31, 34; J 13:29; 1 Cor 12:21; Hb 10:36 al.; w. inf. foll. (TestSol 13:2) Mt 3:14; 14:16; J 13:10; 1 Th 1:8; 4:9; 5:1. νόμον J 19:7. ἐπιταγήν 1 Cor 7:25. ἐντολήν (SIG 559, 9 ἔ. τὰς ἰντολάς; 1 Esdr 4:52; 2 Macc 3:13; Jos., Bell. 1, 261) Hb 7:5; 1J 2:7; 4:21; 2J 5; cp. J 14:21. διακονίαν 2 Cor 4:1. ἀγῶνα Phil 1:30; Col 2:1. πρᾶξιν Ro 12:4b. ἔγκλημα Ac 23:29. κόλασιν ApcPt Bodl. (ApcEsdr 1:22 p. 25, 17 Tdf.).
    ε. of a sense of inevitability in respect to some action.—W. inf. foll. one must (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 1, 3 καθαιρεθῆναι ἔχεις=you must be deposed; Porphyr., Against the Christians 63 Harnack [ABA 1916] παθεῖν; Gen 18:31; Jos., Ant. 19, 348 τοῦ τεθνάναι; TestSol 5:12 σίδηρα ἔχεις φορέσαι; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 22 [Stone p. 48] τοῦ βίου τοῦτου ἀπαλλάξαι εἶχες; Just., D. 51, 2 ἔργῳ πεισθήναι ὑμῶν ἐχόντων) βάπτισμα ἔχω βαπτισθῆναι I must undergo a baptism Lk 12:50. ἔχω σοί τι εἰπεῖν I have someth. to say to you (Lucian, Philops. 1 ἔχεις μοι εἰπεῖν. Without dat. Aelian, VH 2, 23; Jos., Ant. 16, 312) 7:40. καινόν σοι θέαμα ἔχω ἐξηγήσασθαι I have a wonderful new thing to tell you=‘I must tell you about something wonderful that I’ve just seen’ GJs 19:3. ἀπαγγεῖλαι Ac 23:17, 19; cp. vs. 18. πολλὰ γράφειν 2J 12; 3J 13.
    of temporal circumstances w. indications of time and age: πεντήκοντα ἔτη οὔπω ἔχεις you are not yet fifty years old J 8:57 (cp. Jos., Ant. 1, 198). τριάκοντα κ. ὀκτὼ ἔτη ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀσθενείᾳ αὐτοῦ who had been sick for 38 years 5:5 (Cyranides p. 63, 25 πολὺν χρόνον ἔχων ἐν τῇ ἀρρωστίᾳ. W. cardinal numeral TestJob 26:1 δέκα ἑπτὰ ἔτη ἔχω ἐν ταῖς πληγαῖς; POxy 1862, 17 τέσσαρες μῆνας ἔχει. Mirac. S. Georgii 44, 7 [JAufhauser 1913] ἔσχεν … ἔτη ἑπτά); cp. Mt 9:20 v.l. τέσσαρας ἡμέρας ἔ. ἐν τῷ μνημείῳ have lain in the grave for four days J 11:17 (Jos., Ant. 7, 1 αὐτοῦ δύο ἡμέρας ἔχοντος ἐν τῇ Σεκέλλᾳ). πολὺν χρόνον ἔ. be (somewhere or in a certain condition) for a long time 5:6. ἡλικίαν ἔχειν be of age (Pla., Euthyd. 32, 306d; Plut., Mor. 547a; BGU 168 τοῖς ἀτελέσι ἔχουσι τὴν ἡλικίαν) 9:21, 23. τέλος ἔχειν have an end, be at an end (Lucian, Charon 17; UPZ 81 III, 20 [II A.D.] τέλος ἔχει πάντα; Ar. 4:2 ἀρχὴν καὶ τέλος) Mk 3:26; Lk 22:37 (on the latter pass. s. τέλος 2); cp. Hb 7:3.
    as connective marker, to have or include in itself, bring about, cause w. acc. (Hom. et al.; Wsd 8:16) of ὑπομονή: ἔργον τέλειον Js 1:4. Of πίστις: ἔργα 2:17. Of φόβος: κόλασιν 1J 4:18. Of παρρησία: μεγάλην μισθαποδοσίαν Hb 10:35. Of πολυτέλεια: λύπην, χαράν Hs 1, 10. ἐσχάτην εὐλογίαν, ἥτις διαδοχὴν οὐκ ἔχει ultimate blessing, which has no successor GJs 6:2.
    special combinations
    w. prep. ἐν: τὸν θεὸν ἔ. ἐν ἐπιγνώσει acknowledge God Ro 1:28 (cp. ἐν ὀργῇ ἔ. τινά=‘be angry at someone’, Thu. 2, 18, 5; 2, 21, 3; ἐν ὀρρωδίᾳ ἔ. τ. 2, 89, 1; ἐν ἡδονῇ ἔ. τ.=‘be glad to see someone’ 3, 9, 1; ἐν εὐνοίᾳ ἔ. Demosth. 18, 167). ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (ἕτοιμος b). ἐν ἐμοὶ οὐκ ἔχει οὐδέν he has no hold on me J 14:30 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 32 §125 ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι=have someth. [hope of safety] in someone). κατά τινος: on 1 Cor 11:4 s. above 4. ἔ. τι κατά τινος have someth. against someone Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:14. ἔ. κατά τινος w. sim. mng. Hm 2:2; Hs 9, 23, 2; w. ὅτι foll. Rv 2:4, 20. ἔ. τινὰ κατὰ πρόσωπον meet someone face to face Ac 25:16. μετά: ἔ. τι μετά τινος have someth. w. someone κρίματα lawsuits 1 Cor 6:7. περί: ἔ. περί τινος have (a word, a reference, an explanation) about someth. B 12:1; with adv. τελείως 10:10. πρός τινα have someth. against someone (Ps.-Callisth. 2, 21, 21 ὅσον τις ὑμῶν ἔχει πρὸς ἕτερον) Ac 24:19. ζητήματα ἔ. πρός τινα have differences w. someone (on points in question) 25:19. λόγον ἔ. πρός τινα 19:38. πρᾶγμα (=Lat. causa, ‘lawsuit’: BGU 19 I, 5; 361 II, 4) ἔ. πρός τινα (POxy 743, 19 [2 B.C.] εἰ πρὸς ἄλλους εἶχον πρᾶγμα; BGU 22:8) 1 Cor 6:1. ἵνα ἔχωσιν κατηγορίαν αὐτοῦ J 8:4 D (cp. 5 above). πρός τινα ἔ. μομφήν have a complaint against someone Col 3:13.
    τοῦτο ἔχεις ὅτι you have this (in your favor), that Rv 2:6. ἔ. ὁδόν be situated (a certain distance) away (cp. Peripl. Eryth. 37: Ὡραία ἔχουσα ὁδὸν ἡμερῶν ἑπτὰ ἀπὸ θαλάσσης) of the Mt. of Olives ὅ ἐστιν ἐγγὺς Ἰερουσαλὴμ σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν Ac 1:12.—ἴδε ἔχεις τὸ σόν here you have what is yours Mt 25:25. ἔχετε κουστωδίαν there you have a guard (=you can have a guard) 27:65 (cp. POxy 33 III, 4).
    to be in some state or condition, act. intr. (spatially: Ath. 25, 1 οἱ ἄγγελοι … περὶ τόν ἀέρα ἔχοντες καὶ τὴν γῆν) w. adv. (Hom. et al.; ins, pap, LXX).
    impers. it is, the situation is (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10 πῶς ὑμῖν ἔχειν ταῦτα δοκεῖ; =how does this situation seem to you? Just., D. 3, 5 τὸ … ὡσαύτως ἀεὶ ἔχων) ἄλλως 1 Ti 5:25. οὕτως (Antig. Car. 20; Cebes 4, 1; POxy 294, 11 [22 A.D.] εἰ ταῦτα οὕτως ἔχει; TestSol 20:8; Jos., Ant. 15, 261; Just., D. 3:5 οὐχ οὕτως ἔχει) Ac 7:1; 12:15; 17:11; 24:9. τὸ καλῶς ἔχον what is right 1 Cl 14:2 (Michel 543, 12 [c. 200 B.C.] καλῶς ἔχον ἐστὶ τιμᾶσθαι τοὺς εὔνους ἄνδρας). τὸ νῦν ἔχον for the present Ac 24:25 (cp. Plut., Mor. 749a; Lucian, Anachars. 40, Catapl. 13 τὸ δὲ νῦν ἔχον μὴ διάτριβε; Tob 7:11).
    pers. be (in a certain way) πῶς ἔχουσιν how they are Ac 15:36 (cp. Gen 43:27; Jos., Ant. 4, 112). ἑτοίμως ἔ. be ready, hold oneself in readiness w. inf. foll. (BGU 80, 17 [II A.D.] ἡ Σωτηρία ἑτοίμως ἔχουσα καταγράψαι; Da 3:15 LXX; Jos., Ant. 13, 6; Just., D. 50, 1) 21:13; 2 Cor 12:14; 1 Pt 4:5. Also ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔ. 2 Cor 10:6 (s. ἕτοιμος b end). εὖ ἔ. be well-disposed πρός τινα toward someone Hs 9, 10, 7 (cp. Demosth. 9, 63 ἥδιον ἔχειν πρός τινα; SIG 1094, 4 φιλανθρώπως ἔχει πρὸς πάντας). κακῶς ἔ. be sick (Aristoph. et al.; POxy 935, 15; Ezk 34:4) Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:12b; 17:15 v.l. (see πάσχω 2). καλῶς ἔ. be well, healthy (Epict. 1, 11, 4; PGen 54, 8; PFlor 230, 24) Mk 16:18; ἐσχάτως ἔ. (s. ἐσχάτως) 5:23; κομψότερον ἔ. feel better (κομψῶς ἔ.: Epict. 2, 18, 14; 3, 10, 13; PParis 18; PTebt 414, 10 ἐὰν κομψῶς σχῶ) J 4:52.
    to be closely associated, in a variety of renderings, hold fast, be next to, be next, mid. (Hom. et al.) in NT only ptc.
    of proper situation or placement, esp. of inner belonging hold fast, cling to. The ‘to’ of belonging and the ‘with’ of association are expressed by the gen. (Theognis 1, 32 ἀεὶ τῶν ἀγαθῶν ἔχεο=ever hold fast to the good people; X., Oec. 6, 1; Pla., Leg. 7, 811d; Lucian, Hermot. 69 ἐλπίδος οὐ μικρᾶς ἐχόμενα λέγεις; Sallust. 14 p. 26, 24 τ. θεῶν; Philo, Agr. 101 τὰ ἀρετῆς ἐχόμενα; Jos., Ant. 10, 204 οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνης σοφίας ἐχόμενον, C. Ap. 1, 83 παλαιᾶς ἱστορίας ἐχόμενον; Just., A I, 68, 1 λόγου καὶ ἀληθείας ἔχεσθαι; Tat. 33, 1 μανίας ἔχεται πολλῆς; Ath., R. 48, 3 λόγῳ … ἀληθείας ἐχομένῳ) τὰ ἐχόμενα σωτηρίας things that belong to salvation Hb 6:9.
    of proximity
    α. spatial, to be next to someth: ἐχόμενος neighboring (Isocr. 4, 96 νῆσος; Hdt. 1, 134 al. οἱ ἐχόμενοι=‘the neighbors’; Diod S 5, 15, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 71 §294; Arrian, Peripl. 7, 2; PParis 51, 5 and oft. in pap; 1 Esdr 4:42; Jos., Ant. 6, 6 πρὸς τὰς ἐχομένας πόλεις; 11, 340) κωμοπόλεις Mk 1:38.
    β. temporal, to be next, immediately following (Thu. 6, 3, 2 τ. ἐχομένου ἔτους al.; SIG 800, 15; PRev 34, 20; PAmh 49, 4; PTebt 124, 43; LXX) τῇ ἐχομένῃ (sc. ἡμέρᾳ, as Polyb. 3, 112, 1; 5, 13, 9; 2 Macc 12:39; Jos., Ant. 6, 235; 7, 18 al.; cp. εἰς τὴν ἐχομένην [i.e. ἡμέραν] PMich 173, 16 [III B.C.]) on the next day Lk 13:33 (v.l. ἐρχομένῃ); Ac 20:15; w. ἡμέρᾳ added (PAmh 50, 17) 21:26. τῷ ἐχομένῳ σαββάτῳ 13:44 v.l. (for ἐρχομένῳ; cp. 1 Macc 4:28, where the witnesses are similarly divided).—On the whole word HHanse, ‘Gott Haben’ in d. Antike u. im frühen Christentum ’39.—B. 641; 740. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἔχω

  • 5 ῥέπω

    ῥέπ-ω, mostly used in [tense] pres. and [tense] impf.: [tense] fut.
    A

    ῥέψω Hdt.7.139

    , Paus.9.37.8: [tense] aor.

    ἔρρεψα Hp. Art.38

    ,48, Pl.Phlb. 46e; poet.

    ἔρεψα Cerc.4.32

    :—turn the scale, sink, ἐτίταινε τάλαντα, ἕλκε δὲ μέσσα λαβών, ῥέπε δ' αἴσιμον ἦμαρ Ἀχαιῶν, implying defeat and death, Il.8.72;

    ῥέπε δ' Ἕκτορος αἴσιμον ἦμαρ 22.212

    ;

    τὸ τοῦδέ γ' αὖ ῥέπει Ar.Ra. 1393

    ;

    τοῦ ταλάντου τὸ ῥέπον κάτω βαδίζει τὸ δὲ κενὸν πρὸς τὸν Δία Id.Fr.488.4

    , cf. Cerc. l.c.;

    τὸ μὲν κάτω ῥέπον.., βαρύ· τὸ δὲ ἄνω, κοῦφον Pl.Just. 373e

    ; ἀεὶ τοὐναντίον ῥ. Id.R. 550e, cf. Archim.Aequil.1 Praef.
    2 more generally, of things, incline one way or the other, ὅ τι πολλᾷ ῥέποι what is always shifling, never steady, Pi.O.8.23; βλεμμάτων ῥέπει βολή inclines downward, falls, of a young girl's eye, A.Fr. 242; ὕπνος ἐπὶ γλεφάροις ῥέπων sleep falling upon the eyes, Pi.P.9.25; ἐς τὸ λορδόν, κυφόν, Hp.Art.48;

    ῥ. πρὸς τὴν γῆν Arist.PA 686a32

    , etc.
    3 of one of two contending parties, preponderate, prevail,

    ἐπὶ ὁκότερα [οἱ Ἀθηναῖοι] ἐτράποντο, ταῦτα ῥέψειν ἔμελλε Hdt.7.139

    ; μοι σκοπουμένῳ ἔρρεψε δεῖν on consideration [the opinion] that it was necessary prevailed, Pl.Ep. 328b;

    ἠθῶν.., ἃ ἂν ὥσπερ ῥέψαντα τἄλλα ἐφελκύσηται Id.R. 544e

    .
    4 of persons, εὖ ῥέπει θεός is favourably inclined, A.Th.21; ἐπὶ τὸ πρηνές the doctor should incline towards ( prefer) pronation, Hp.Fract.1 (unless in signf. 2, the subject being τὴν χεῖρα)

    ; ῥ. ἐπὶ τὸ πείθεσθαι Isoc.15.4

    ;

    ἐπὶ τὸ λῆμμα D.18.298

    ;

    πρὸς τὴν ἀνδρείαν Pl.Plt. 308a

    , cf. Lg. 802e; also

    ῥ. ταῖς γνώμαις ἐπὶ τοὺς Ῥοδίους Plb.33.16.2

    ;

    εἴς τινα Luc.

    Bis Acc.6; but νομίζων τούτους πλεῖστον ῥέπειν ἐπὶ τὸ ἀγαθὸν τῇ πόλει avail most, have the greatest influence, X.Lac.4.1, cf. Isyll.24; so also

    εἰς ἕν τι αἱ ἐπιθυμίαι σφόδρα ῥέπουσιν Pl.R. 485d

    , cf. Phlb. 46e; ῥ. πρὸς [τὴν ἡδονήν] Arist.EN 1172a31;

    ῥ. πρὸς τὴν ὀλιγαρχίαν Id.Pol. 1293b20

    .
    6 of events, fall, happen, in a certain way,

    φιλεῖ τοῦτο μὴ ταύτῃ ῥέπειν Id.Ant. 722

    ; τῇδε or ἐκείνῃ ῥ. Pl.Lg. 862c, Ti. 79e; ῥ. εἴς τι turn or come to something,

    συμφορὰν.. κακῶν ῥέπουσαν ἐς τὰ μάσσονα A.Pers. 440

    ; τὸ μηδὲν εἰς οὐδὲν ῥ. naught comes to naught, E.Fr. 532; ὁ χρησμὸς ἐς τοῦτο ῥ. Ar.Pl.51; ὁ γρῖφος ἐνταῦθα ῥ. Antiph.124.11.
    II trans., cause the scale to incline one way or the other, only in compds. ἐπιρρέπω, καταρρέπω, exc. that A. uses the [voice] Pass., τῶνδ' ἐξ ἴσου ῥεπομένων being equally balanced, Supp.405 (lyr.):—in B.16.25, ὅ τι μὲν ἐκ θεῶν μοῖρα παγκρατὴς ἄμμι κατένευσε καὶ Δίκας ῥέπει τάλαντον, ῥ. is prob. intrans. (sc. ἐπ' αὐτό). (Perh. cogn. with Lith. virpti 'quiver'.)

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ῥέπω

  • 6 πράσσω

    πράσσω impf. ἔπρασσον; fut. πράξω; 1 aor. ἔπραξα; pf. πέπραχα. Pass.: 1 aor. ἐπράχθην; pf. ptc. πεπραγμένος (Hom.+ [the Attic form πράττω Ac 17:7 v.l.; 19:36 v.l.; Col 4:9 v.l., cp. Gignac I 151; for ins Threatte II 650f]; ins, pap, LXX, EpArist, Philo, Joseph., Test12Patr; Just., D. 35, 7 opp. λόγος).
    to bring about or accomplish someth. through activity, trans.
    do, accomplish (oft. used without distinction betw. itself and ποιεῖν, as Diod S 16, 27, 1 ἔξεστιν αὐτῷ πράττειν ὸ̔ βούλεται. Cp. Ro 1:32; 2:3; IMg 7:1). τὶ someth. προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς … τί μέλλετε πράσσειν Ac 5:35; πάντα πρ. IMg 4; 6:1; cp. 7:1; ITr 2:2 al. πρᾶξιν πράσσειν (s. also farther below) do a deed, do someth. Hs 5, 2, 11; τὰ πνευματικὰ πρ. do spiritual things IEph 8:2a. ἄξια τῆς μετανοίας ἔργα πρ. do deeds that are consistent with repentance, act in a manner consistent etc. Ac 26:20. τὴν δικαιοσύνην 2 Cl 19:3 (cp. Xenophanes 1, 16 Diehl2 τὰ δίκαια πρήσσειν). εἴτε ἀγαθὸν εἴτε φαῦλον 2 Cor 5:10; cp. Ro 9:11.—1 Cor 9:17; Eph 6:21; Phil 4:9.—Pass. οὐ γάρ ἐστιν ἐν γωνίᾳ πεπραγμένον τοῦτο Ac 26:26.—Mostly of actions that are not praiseworthy (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 8 [Stone p. 78] εἴ τι ἔπραξεν ἐκ νεότητος αὐτῆς; ApcEsdr 4:24 μικρὸν θέλημα πράξας) do, commit τὶ someth. Lk 22:23; 23:41a; Ro 1:32ab; 2:1–3; 7:15; 2 Cor 12:21 (ᾗ by attraction for ἥν); Gal 5:21; 1 Cl 35:6; 2 Cl 4:5; 10:5; Hm 3:3; D 1:5 (περὶ ὧν = περὶ τούτων ἅ). τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο πρ. 1 Cor 5:2 (Herodas 3, 62; cp. 82 ἔργα πράσσειν=commit evil deeds; τὸ ἔργον πρ. as Jos., Vi. 47). τὴν πολυτέλειαν τῶν ἐθνῶν πρ. Hs 1:10; ἄτοπον τι πρ. Lk 23:41b (ἄτοπος 2). (τὸ) κακόν (Pr 13:10 κακά; Jos., Ant. 19, 193) Ro 7:19; 13:4. τὸ πονηρόν Hm 10, 2, 4. πονηρά 2 Cl 8:2; 19:2. πονηρὰ ἔργα Hs 6, 3, 5; cp. 6. πονηρίαν 8, 8, 2. προπετές τι Ac 19:36. (τὰ) φαῦλα J 3:20; 5:29. πρᾶξιν πράσσειν commit a(n evil) deed (πρᾶξις 4b) Hm 4, 2, 2; 10, 2, 3 (ᾗ by attraction for ἥν); pl. Hs 8, 9, 4; 8, 10, 4. ἄλλα τινὰ πράσσοντες ἀνάξια θεοῦ while doing certain other things unworthy of God IEph 7:1. ἄξιον θανάτου πράσσειν τι do someth. worthy of death Ac 25:11, 25; 26:31; pass. οὐδὲν ἄξιον θανάτου ἐστὶν πεπραγμένον αὐτῷ (by him, B-D-F §191; Rob. 534; cp. Demosth. 29, 1 τὰ τούτῳ πεπραγμένα; Diod S 17, 1, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 44 §180 τὰ Καίσαρι πεπραγμένα; Chariton 2, 5, 8 πέπρακταί σοί τι δεινόν=a terrible deed has been committed by you; Syntipas p. 17, 1 τὰ πραχθέντα μοι; PTebt 23, 8 [119 or 114 B.C.] πέπρακταί σοι; Jos., Ant. 14, 161 τὰ Ἡρῴδῃ πεπραγμένα; Ath. 20, 2 τὰ πραχθέντα αὐτοῖς. Other exx. in Mlt-H. 459; Schmid IV 612) Lk 23:15. πρὸς τὸ ὄνομα Ἰησοῦ πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι Ac 26:9 (ἐναντία πρ. as X., Cyr. 8, 7, 24). μηδὲν πράξῃς σεαυτῷ κακόν do yourself no harm 16:28.—Ign. is fond of combinations w. κατά and the acc. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν πρ. IPhld 8:2; κατὰ θεόν τι πρ. 4; κατὰ σάρκα τι πρ. do someth. in the (physical) body IEph 8:2b; likew. 16:2 do someth. that involves the physical i.e. in contrast to corruption of the gospel, as false teachers do.—More in the sense practice, busy oneself with, mind τὶ someth. τὰ περίεργα magic Ac 19:19. τὰ ἴδια one’s own affairs 1 Th 4:11 (ἴδιος 4b and Soph., El. 678 σὺ μὲν τὰ σαυτῆς πρᾶσσε; X., Mem. 2, 9, 1 τὰ ἑαυτοῦ πρ.). τὰ πολλὰ πρ. busy oneself with many things Hs 4:5; νόμον πρ. observe the law Ro 2:25.
    collect taxes, duties, interest (Hdt. et al.; Theophr., Char. 6, 10; ins, pap, LXX; Jos., Ant. 9, 233 al.) τὶ someth. Lk 19:23. W. connotation in the direction of ‘extort’ 3:13 (cp. OGI 519, 22 τὰ μὴ ὀφειλόμενα αὐτοῖς παραπράσσουσιν).
    to engage in activity or behave in a certain way, intr. act, behave κατὰ ἄγνοιαν πρ. Ac 3:17; ἀπέναντι τῶν δογμάτων πρ. act contrary to the decrees 17:7 (opp. εὖ πράσσειν); καθὰ πράσσομεν in our actions IMg 10:1. εὖ πράσσειν act rightly, do well (Just., A I, 28, 3 [-ττ-]; cp. POxy 1067, 3 [III A.D.] καλῶς πρ. and Appian, Hann. 2, §3 πρ. κακῶς) IEph 4:2; ISm 11:3; prob. also Ac 15:29 because of the focus on performance of decretal specifications (cp. the formulation εὖ ποίησετε … ἀποδεχάμενα IMagnMai 91d, 8–10; Danker, Benefactor 311f; s. εὖ and 3 below).
    to experience what is going on, be, be situated, intr. (Pind., Hdt.; pap) εὖ πρ. be well off (s. εὖ 1) so perh. Ac 15:29 (cp. POxy 120, 27 [IV A.D.]; s. 2 above; w. either interp. there is envisaged a positive effect on the beneficiaries resulting from their compliance). ἵνα εἰδῆτε … τί πράσσω in order that you may know … how (lit. ‘in respect to what’) I am getting along Eph 6:21 (Soph., Oed. R. 74 τί πράσσει; Pla., Tht. 174b; BGU 93, 32 δήλωσόν μοι, τί ἔπραξας; 821, 8; Jos., Ant. 6, 176; 19, 239).—B. 537f. DELG. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > πράσσω

  • 7 συμβαίνω

    συμβαίνω, [tense] fut.
    A

    - βήσομαι Hdt.2.3

    , etc.: [tense] pf. - βέβηκα, [ per.] 3pl.

    - βεβᾶσι E.Hel. 622

    , [dialect] Ion. inf.

    - βεβάναι Hdt.3.146

    : [tense] pf. inf. [voice] Pass.

    - βεβάσθαι Th. 8.98

    : [tense] aor. 2 συνέβην (v. infr.): [tense] aor. 1 subj. [voice] Pass.

    ξυμβᾰθῇ Id.4.30

    :— stand with the feet together, Hp.Off.3;

    διαβαίνοντες μᾶλλον ἢ συμβεβηκότες X.Eq.1.14

    ;

    συμβεβηκὼς τὼ πόδε Poll.3.91

    ; συμβᾶσα τὼ πόδε, opp. περιβάδην, Ach.Tat.1.1; Παλλάδιον τοῖς ποσὶ συμβεβηκός a statue with closed feet, as in early Greek art, Apollod.3.12.3.
    2 σ. κακοῖς to be joined to them, i.e. increase them, E.Hel.37.
    3 meet,

    σὺν δ' ἔβη ἐν Φιλότητι Emp.21.8

    ;

    τὸν συμβαίνοντά σοι Eup.136

    (dub.);

    σ. αὐτοὶ αὑτοῖς X.HG1.2.17

    ; ξυμβέβηκε δ' οὐδαμοῦ has never come in my way, has had naught to do with me, E.Hel. 1007.
    II most freq. metaph., come to an agreement, come to terms, E.Ph.71, etc.; ἐπ' ἐλάττονι ς. agree on (i.e. to accept) less, POxy. 237 viii 11 (ii A.D.): c. dat., Th.3.52, 4.128, etc.; πρὸς ἀλλήλους ib.61, etc.: with neut. Adj.,

    ἐὰν ξυμβῶ τί σοι Ar.Ra. 175

    ;

    ἤν τι ξυμβαίνωσι Th.2.5

    ; ξ. τὰ πλείω, οὐδέν, Id.4.117, 5.36;

    τἆλλα τοῖς Λακεδαιμονίοις Id.8.98

    : c. inf.,

    συνέβησαν ἐς τὠυτὸ.., τὸν δὲ βασιλεύειν Hdt.1.13

    ;

    ξ. ὑπήκοοι εἶναι Th.1.117

    ; ξ. ἤν τις ἁλίσκηται,.. δοῦλον εἶναι ib. 103;

    ξ. τοῖς Πλαταιεῦσι παραδοῦναι σφᾶς αὐτούς Id.2.4

    ;

    ξ. πρὸς Νικίαν.. ἐπιτρέψαι Id.4.54

    ; also

    συνέβησαν.. ὥστε τριηκοσίους μαχέσασθαι Hdt.1.82

    ; σ. εἰς τὸ μέσον agree to a compromise, Pl.Prt. 337e; λόγοις ς., of a verbal agreement, E.Med. 737, Andr. 233: generally, make friends with, ἐκ πολέμου ξ. Ar.V. 867;

    ἀπὸ τοῦ ἴσου Th.4.19

    ;

    ἐπὶ τοῖς εἰρημένοις E.Ph. 590

    (troch.): in [tense] pf. συμβεβάναι and [voice] Pass., of the agreement, δοκέοντες πάντα συμβεβάναι that everything had been settled, or that they had settled everything, Hdt.3.146;

    ἐπὶ τούτοις ξυμβεβάσθαι Th.8.98

    ;

    ἕως ἄν τι περὶ τοῦ πλέονος ξυμβαθῇ Id.4.30

    .
    2 agree with, be on good terms with,

    οὐ.. Ἀθηναίοισι συνέβαιν' Αἰσχύλος Ar.Ra. 807

    ; σ. ἑκατέρᾳ τῶν στάσεων hold with one and other of them, D.H.2.62.
    3 of things, tally, correspond with,

    ὁ χρόνος ἐδόκεε τῇ ἡλικίῃ συμβαίνειν Hdt.1.116

    ;

    ἐθέλων εἰδέναι εἰ [οἱ ἐκείνων λόγοι] συμβήσονται τοῖσι λόγοισι τοῖσι ἐν Μέμφι Id.2.3

    ;

    ξυμβαίνει ταῦτα τοῖς πρὸ τοῦ Lys.8.9

    ;

    εἰς ταὐτὸ σ. τοῖς ἐμοῖς στίβοις A.Ch. 210

    : abs., ὅπως ἂν ἀρτίκολλα συμβαίνῃ τάδε ib. 580; χρησμοί τε συμβαίνουσι are in harmony therewith, Ar.Eq. 220, cf. S. Tr. 1164; αὐτὸ σ. εἰς ταύτην εἶναι πέμπτην five days later exactly tallies, D.19.60; τοῦτο σ. οὐ πλέον ἢ εἰς δώδεκα comes to no more than 12, X.HG6.4.12;

    αἱ πεντακόσιαι μάλιστά πως συνέβαινον δραχμαί Aristid.Or.50(26).94

    ; τὸ φαρμακεύεσθαι τῷ καθαίρεσθαι εἰς ταὐτὸν ς. comes to the same thing as.., Gal.15.901; of ashlar-work, fit or range exactly, M.Ant.5.8.
    4 fall to one's lot, c. dat. pers.,

    μοι σ. ἆται E.IT 148

    (lyr.), etc.;

    ἡδοναί τινι Isoc.15.222

    ;

    τριηραρχία μοι D. 47.49

    ;

    ἀτυχία Id.57.65

    ;

    εὐεργεσιῶν συμβαίνειν καιρόν Id.20.121

    .
    5 to be an attribute or characteristic of,

    ξυνεβεβήκει.. Ἀθηναίοις τοῦτο Th. 2.15

    ;

    τὰ ὀφείλοντα ταῖς ἀρίσταις συμβεβηκέναι τιτθαῖς Sor.1.87

    , cf.91, 2.6.
    III of events, come to pass, fall out, happen,

    συμβαίνει δ' οὐ τὰ μέν, τὰ δ' οὔ A.Pers. 802

    ; τῶνδε ναμέρτεια ς. S.Tr. 173;

    ἐὰν μὴ θεία τις σ. τύχη Pl.R. 592a

    ;

    αἱ ἀεὶ συμβαίνουσαι τύχαι Id.Criti. 120e

    ; εἰ καιρὸς ς. X.Eq.Mag.2.5;

    χρηστόν τι σ. παρὰ θεῶν D.1.11

    ;

    τοὐναντίον συμβαίνειν πέφυκε Gal.15.460

    : c. dat., ib.67, 16.724: also euphem., ἄν τι ξυμβῇ if anything happen (i.e. any evil), D.21.112, cf. Riv.Fil.60.59 (ii B.C.): generally, occur, be found, exist,

    ἐν τῇ ἀρχαίᾳ ἡμετέρᾳ φωνῇ σ. τὸ ὄνομα Pl.Cra. 398b

    , cf. A.D.Pron.29.15: but,
    b mostly impers., sts. c. dat. et inf.,

    αὐτῷ Ὀλυμπιάδα ἀνελέσθαι συνέβη Hdt.6.103

    , cf. 3.50, Th.1.1;

    συμβαίνει τῷ πλοίῳ ἀργεῖν PCair.Zen.650.2

    (iii B.C.), cf. PMich.Zen.21.3, al. (iii B.C.): sts. c. acc. et inf.,

    συνέβη Γέλωνα νικᾶν Hdt.7.166

    , cf. Th.8.25;

    συμβαίνει διὰ παντὸς ἡμᾶς περιφόβους εἶναι PCair.Zen.160.6

    , cf. 132.5 (iii B.C.), PEnteux.6.2, al. (iii B.C.), Gal.15.476;

    σ. τῷ οἰκοδόμῳ μουσικῷ εἶναι Arist.Metaph. 1017a11

    ; folld. by ὥστε, S.Tr. 1152, Th.4.79, Arist.Pol. 1261a34: c. part., σ. ὄν, γιγνόμενον, λεγόμενον, Pl. Sph. 244d, Phlb. 42d, Cra. 412a.
    2 joined with Adverbs or Adiectives, turn out in a certain way,

    ὀρθῶς σφι ἡ φήμη συνέβαινε ἐλθοῦσα Hdt. 9.101

    ; κακῶς, καλῶς συμβῆναι, X.Mem.1.2.63, Cyr.5.4.14, E.IT 1055;

    τὰ μητρὸς.. ἔχθιστα συμβέβηκεν S.El. 262

    ; ταῦτα.. λαμπρὰ ς. Id.Tr. 1174;

    ξυμβεβᾶσιν οἱ λόγοι.. ἀληθεῖς E.Hel. 622

    ;

    ἄπιστ' ἀληθῆ πολλὰ σ. βροτοῖς Id.Fr. 396

    ;

    σ. μέγιστον κακὸν ἡ ἀδικία Pl.Grg. 479c

    , cf. Alc. 1.130c, Cra.398e;

    δοκεῖ τὸ μαντεῖον τοὐναντίον ξυμβῆναι ἢ.. Th.2.17

    ;

    τοιούτου τούτου συμβάντος Id.1.74

    ; συμβαίνει καὶ σοὶ (sc. ἄριστον) Pl. Lg. 903d: abs., turn out well,

    ἢν ξυμβῇ ἡ πεῖρα Th.3.3

    ;

    εἴ μοι σ. τοῦτο Pl.Lg. 744a

    .
    3 of consequences, come out, result, follow,

    δαπανῶντες ἐς τοιαῦτα ἀφ' ὦν ἡ ἀσθένεια ξυμβαίνει Th.8.45

    ;

    κάλλιστον δὴ ἔργων ὑμῖν ξυμβήσεται Id.6.33

    ; τὰ συμβάντα, opp. ἡ προαίρεσις, D.18.192;

    δηλοῦται ἐκ τοῦ συμβάντος Gal.16.583

    ;

    ἐὰν μὴ ὅτι τάχος ἀποσταλῇ τὰ ὑποζύγια, συμβήσεται τὰ μελίσσεια ἀπολέσθαι PCair.Zen. 467.8

    , cf. 481.2, al. (iii B.C.).
    b of logical conclusions, result, follow, freq. in Pl. and Arist., Pl.Grg. 459b, etc.;

    σ. ἐκ τῶν κειμένων Arist.Top. 156b38

    , al., cf. D.25.73: impers., it follows, c. inf., Pl.Tht. 170c, Phd. 74a, Arist.EN 1152b25, al.; also

    σ. μήτε κουφότητ' ἔχειν μήτε βάρος, ἔπειθ' ὅτι ἀδύνατον κινηθῆναι Arist.Cael. 270a5

    : also pers., συμβαίνει εἶναι or γίγνεσθαι turns out to be, i.e. consequently or inevitably is or happens, κάθαρσις εἶναι τοῦτο ς. Pl.Phd. 67c, cf. 80b, Cra. 396a, Phlb. 55a, 64e, Prm. 134b, R. 438e;

    ὅσα συμβαίνει γίγνεσθαι κακὰ καὶ ὅσα συμβήσεται Id.Plt. 301e

    : hence συμβεβηκός (v. infr. iv. 2).
    IV in Philos., τὸ συμβεβηκός has two senses:
    1 a contingent attribute or ' accident' (in the modern sense), Arist. APo. 73b4, Top. 102b4, al.; κατὰ συμβεβηκός ' accidentally', opp. καθ' αὑτό, Id.Ph. 192b22, cf. Metaph. 1052a18, Thphr.Sens.22; opp. ἁπλῶς, Arist.APo. 71b10, al.; opp. φύσει, Id.de An. 406a14; opp. κυρίως, πρώτως, Gal.15.629, cf. 16.575, al.; opp. ἄντικρυς, Id.18(2).180.
    2 an attribute necessarily resulting from the notion of a thing, but not entering into the definition thereof,

    οἷον τῷ τριγώνῳ τὸ δύο ὀρθὰς ἔχειν Arist.Metaph. 1025a31

    ; distd. by the addition of καθ' αὑτό, Id.APo. 83b19, al.; in Epicurus, essential attribute, property, opp. σύμπτωμα 'accident', τὰ τούτων συμπτώματα ἢ ς. Ep.1p.6U., cf. Nat.4 G., al.;

    σ. ἀνθρώπου τὸ θνητὸν εἶναι Phld.Sign.3

    , al.; in the Stoics, consequence, opp. αἴτιον, Zeno Stoic.1.25.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > συμβαίνω

  • 8 ὑπολαμβάνω

    ὑπολαμβάνω, also [full] ὑπολάζυμαι (q. v.), late [dialect] Dor. [ per.] 3pl. [tense] fut.
    A

    - λαμψοῦνται Anon.Oxy.410.99

    :—take up by getting under, as the dolphin did Arion, Hdt.1.24, Pl.R. 453d;

    τοὺς νεοττοὺς ὑ. ἡ φήνη Arist.HA 619b34

    ;

    τὸ κῦμα ὑ. τινά Clearch.73

    ;

    νεφέλη ὑ. τινά Act.Ap.1.9

    .
    b bear up, support, Hdt.4.72;

    ὑ. τοὺς ἐνδεεῖς Str.14.2.5

    , cf. D.S.19.67;

    ὑπέλαβές με πέμψας μοι τὰ κριθάρια BGU48.3

    (ii/iii A. D.).
    2 take up, seize or come suddenly upon,

    ὑπὸ τρόμος ἔλλαβε γυῖα Il.3.34

    , Od.18.88; of a storm of wind, Hdt.4.179; of a fit of madness, Id.6.75; of a pestilence, ib.27; of a river taking up earth thrown into it, Id.2.150; of winds taking up water, ib.25; of soldiers marching, δυσχωρία ὑπελάμβανεν αὐτούς, i. e. they came suddenly into difficult ground, X.HG3.5.20: abs.,

    ὑπολαβὼν πυρετός Hp.Epid.5.20

    ; of events, follow next, come next,

    ὑπέλαβε ναυμαχίη καρτερή Hdt.8.12

    , cf. 6.27.
    3 in discourse, take up what is said, interpret or understand it in a certain way,

    ταύτῃ ὑπολαμβάνεις ᾗ ἃν κακουργήσαις μάλιστα τὸν λόγον Pl.R. 338d

    ;

    ὃν μὴ σὺ φράζεις, πῶς ὑπολάβοιμ' ἂν λόγον; E. IA 523

    , cf. Pl.Euthd. 295c; ὑ. τι εἴς τινα understand it of, i. e. apply it to, him, Aeschin.1.157;

    ὥσπερ ὁ ἀκούων ὑ. Arist.Rh. 1412a30

    ; rejoin, retort, Pl.Lg. 875d, D.22.10, etc.;

    πρός τι Th.5.85

    ;

    τιπρός τινας D.20.146

    , cf. 23.93; ὑ. τινὶ ὅτι .. Pl.R. 598d; ὑ. ὡς .. X.Ath.3.12, etc.: c. acc. et inf., reply that.., Th.5.49; ὑπολαμβάνεῖν χρὴ εἰ .. retort by asking whether.., Lys.13.82: abs., in dialogue, ἔφη ὑπολαβών, ὑ. ἔφη, ὑ. εἶπεν, he said in answer, Pl.R. 331d, Hdt.101, Th.3.113, etc.
    b take up, interrupt,

    μεταξὺ ὑ. X.An.3.1.26

    ;

    ἔτι λέγοντος αὐτοῦ ὑ. Id.Cyr.5.5.35

    .
    4 take up the conqueror, fight with him, Th.8.105.
    5 take up a charge, Id.6.28; ὑ. τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν τινός take up and turn it to their own use, Luc.Cal.17.
    II = ὑποδέχομαι, receive and protect, ὁ Κῦρος ὑπολαβὼν τοὺς φεύγοντας (the exiles) X.An.1.1.7; admit a visitor, Pl.Smp. 212d; of a doctor, take in hand, treat a patient, Hp. Morb.1.15 ([voice] Pass.).
    2 accept or entertain a proposal, Hdt.1.212, 3.146;

    δυσχερῶς ὑ. D.57.35

    ; μηδεὶς ὑπολάβῃ δυσκόλως ἐὰν .. take it amiss, ib.59.
    III take up a notion, assume, suppose, freq. of an ill-grounded opinion,

    ὑ. θεῖον εἶναι τὸ ἐπαγγελλόμενον Hdt.2.55

    ;

    οὐκ ἂν ὑπέλαβον τοῦτον ἀντειπεῖν Antipho 3.3.2

    , cf. Pl.Phd. 86b, Prt. 343d;

    ἐὰν ὑπολάβῃ.. Ἀθήνῃσιν εἶναι, ὢν ἐν Λιβύῃ Arist.Metaph. 1010b10

    : an Adv. is freq. added to give the word a good sense,

    ὀρθῶς ὑ. Pl.Grg. 458e

    , Arist.EN 1145b21,

    καλῶς Id.Rh. 1404a1

    , etc.;

    βέλτιον ὑπελάβομεν εἶναι πάλιν γράψαι PCair.Zen.36.15

    (iii B. C.): with εἶναι omitted, assume or understand a thing to be so and so, τὰ φύματα τεχνικώτατον ὑπειληφέναι (sc. εἶναι)

    δεῖ δύνασθαι διαλύειν Hp.Medic. 10

    ; τὸ χαλεπὸν κακὸν (sc. εἶναι)

    ὑ. Pl.Prt. 341b

    ;

    ὑ. τὸν Ἔρωτα ἕν τι τῶν ὄντων Id.Phdr. 263d

    ; ὑ. τι ὡς ὂν .. Id.Prm. 134c; τὸν αἰθέρα τῇδέ πῃ ὑ. conceive of the word αἰθήρ somewhat in this way, Id.Cra. 410b;

    οὕτως ὑ. περί τινος Isoc.3.26

    , cf. D.18.269: simply c. acc., καίπερ ὑπειληφὼς ταῦτα though I assume this to be so, Id.19.3, cf. Arist.Metaph. 1005b26;

    τίς σε ἀναγκάσαι δύναται ὑπολαβεῖν τι ὧν οὐ θέλεις; Arr.Epict.2.6.21

    ; ὃ βούλει, ὑπολάμβανε ib.1.10.4;

    ὑ. πλῆθος ὡρισμένον Arist.Metaph. 1073b13

    ; ὑ. ὅτι .. Id.Pol. 1301a25:—[voice] Pass.,

    τοιοῦτος ὑπολαμβάνομαι Isoc.12.5

    , cf. Arist.Rh. 1366a26;

    ὑ. μειζόνως ἢ κατὰ τὴν ἀξίαν Isoc.11.24

    , cf. D.23.6;

    ἡ ὑπειλημμένη ἀρετή Id.14.1

    ; ὅπως ποθ' ὑπείλημμαι περὶ τούτων ἀρκεῖ μοι I am content with whatever opinion of me has been formed in these matters, Id.18.269: c. inf.,

    τῇ φιλανθρωπίᾳ ἢν ἔχειν ὑπείληψαι παρὰ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις Isoc. Ep.4.9

    , cf. Arist.Rh. 1383b8; ὑπολαμβάνεται δεδωκέναι is understood to have granted, Id.SE 178a20: τὸ ὑποληφθὲν πᾶν, = πᾶσα ὑπόληψις (11), Men.249.7.
    IV draw away, seduce,

    ὑ. μισθῷ μείζονι τοὺς ναυβάτας Th.1.121

    , cf. 143; Κέρκυραν ib.68.
    3 receive, ἀποτίσει.. ὃ ὑπείληφεν.. ἀργυρικὸν κεφάλαιον Mitteis Chr.220.21 (i A. D.), cf. BGU709.19 (ii A. D.).
    V ὑ. ἵππον, as a term of horsemanship, hold up the horse, check him in his course, X.Eq.7.15,9.5.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὑπολαμβάνω

  • 9 αμή

    ἁμοῦ
    somewhere: indeclform (adverb)
    ——————
    ἀ̱μῇ, ἁμός 1
    fem dat sg (attic epic ionic)
    ἀ̱μῇ, ἀμάω 1
    reap corn: pres subj mp 2nd sg (doric)
    ἀ̱μῇ, ἀμάω 1
    reap corn: pres ind mp 2nd sg (doric aeolic)
    ἀ̱μῇ, ἀμάω 1
    reap corn: pres subj act 3rd sg (doric)
    ἀ̱μῇ, ἀμάω 1
    reap corn: pres ind act 3rd sg (doric aeolic)
    ἀμάω 2
    draw: pres subj mid 2nd sg (epic doric)
    ἀμάω 2
    draw: pres ind mid 2nd sg (epic doric aeolic)
    ἡμός
    fem dat sg (attic epic ionic aeolic)
    ——————
    ἁμῆ
    in a certain way: indeclform (adverb)
    ἁμός 2
    sṃ-
    indeclform (adverb)
    ——————
    ἁ̱μῇ, ἁμός 1
    fem dat sg (attic epic ionic)

    Morphologia Graeca > αμή

  • 10 προσφέρω

    προσφέρω (once [full] ποσφέρω, q.v.), [dialect] Dor. [full] ποτιφέρω Prov. ap. Plu.2.239a: [tense] fut.
    A

    προσοίσω E.Andr. 257

    : [dialect] Ion. [tense] aor.

    προσένεικα Hdt.3.87

    : [dialect] Ion. [tense] aor. [voice] Pass.

    προσηνείχθην Id.9.71

    :— bring to or upon, apply to,

    π. πύργοισι κλιμάκων προσαμβάσεις E.Ph. 488

    ;

    πῦρ σοι Id.Andr. 257

    ; μηχανὰς [τοῖσι τείχεσι] Hdt.6.18, cf. Th.2.58 (and so metaph., Hdt.6.125 (unless in signf. A. 1.2); π. νόμον, ψήφισμα πρὸς τὴν συγγραφήν bring to bear against.., D.35.39);

    τὴν χεῖρα πρὸς τοὺς μυκτῆρας Hdt.3.87

    ; but χέρα τινὶ προσενεγκεῖν lay hands upon.., Pi.P.9.36; π. τὰς χεῖρας αὐτοῖς, in hostile sense, Plb.3.79.4, cf. PCair.Zen.18.8 (iii B.C.), PPetr.2p.10 (iii B.C.) (but also in a friendly relation, X.Mem.2.6.31 sq., and in supplication to the gods, hold out one's hands to, UPZ106.12,107.14 (ii B.C.)); ἀνάγκην or ἀναγκαίην τισὶ π. Hdt.7.136, 172, cf. A.Ch.76 (lyr.);

    βίην τισί Hdt.3.19

    ;

    τινὶ βάσανον Pl.Phlb. 23a

    ; so of surgical or medical treatment, Hp.Ulc.24; πταρμὸν [τῇ λυγγί] Pl. Smp. 189a ([voice] Pass.). cf. 187e;

    τὰς τομὰς καὶ τὰς καύσεις τινί D.C.55.17

    ; κλύδωνα σαυτῷ αὐθαίρετον bring upon thyself, Trag.Adesp.568: without dat., apply, employ, use,

    καινὰ σοφά E.Med. 298

    , Ar.Th. 1130 (cf. infr. 3);

    ἴαμα Th.2.51

    ;

    τεχνήματα A.Fr. 322

    ;

    πάσας μηχανάς E.IT 112

    ;

    πάντας ἐλέγχους Ar.Lys. 484

    ; π. τόλμαν bring it to bear, Pi.N. 10.30; also

    π. πόλεμον Hdt.7.9

    .γ (v.l.);

    ἔρωτα Pl.Smp. 187e

    .
    2 add,

    μηδὲ π. μέθυ S.OC 481

    (or in signf. A. 1.3a);

    εἰ κακὸν προσοίσομεν νέον παλαιῷ E.Med.78

    (or perh., bear in addition);

    π. τι πρός τι Hdt. 6.125

    (or in signf. A. 1.1).
    b esp. of food, drink, or medicine,

    θαλλὸν χιμαίραις S.Fr. 502

    ;

    π. τὰ ῥυφήματα καὶ τὰ πόματα Hp.Acut.26

    , cf. Pl.Phdr. 270b, Pl.Com.55, Alex.189, etc.;

    π. τὸ φάρμακον τῇ κεφαλῇ Pl.Chrm. 157c

    ; ἑαυτῷ π φάρμακον administer poison to oneself, POxy.472.6 (ii A.D.); set food before one, X.Mem.3.11.13 and 14, Pl.Lg. 792a: c. inf.,

    π. τινὶ ἐμπιεῖν καὶ φαγεῖν X.Cyr.7.1.1

    ; also

    διψῶντι γάρ τοι πάντα προσφέρων σοφὰ οὐκ ἂν πλέον τέρψειας ἢ' μπιεῖν διδούς S.Fr. 763

    ;

    χυμὸς ἐπιτήδειος προσφέρειν Hp.VM24

    ;

    ὁ προσφέρων Id.Epid.1.23

    :—[voice] Pass., τὰ προσφερόμενα ibid., X.Cyn.6.2;

    ἡ προσφερομένη τροφή Pl.Sph. 230c

    .
    4 address proposals, an offer, etc.,

    π. λόγον τινί Hdt.3.134

    , 5.30, cf. 40;

    περὶ σπονδῶν Th.3.109

    ;

    ὅτι.. D.48.6

    ;

    λόγους π. τισί Th.3.4

    ;

    λόγους π. περὶ ξυμβάσεως τοῖς στρατηγοῖς Id.2.70

    , cf. Hdt.8.52;

    λόγους τισὶ ξυναποστῆναι Th.1.57

    .
    5 convey property by deed of gift or by bequest, Arch.Pap. 4.130 (ii A.D.):—[voice] Pass., PAmh.2.71.6 (ii A.D.).
    II contribute, pay, ἑκατὸν τάλαντα π. Hdt.3.91, cf. Th.1.138; π. μετοίκιον pay an alientax, X.Vect.2.1, cf. OGI13.20 (Samos, iv B.C., [voice] Med.), PGiss.50.12 (iii A.D.); bring in, yield, X.Vect.4.15, D.27.9.
    III intr., resemble, c. acc. of respect in which,

    π. νόον ἀθανάτοις Pi.N.6.4

    ;

    θηρὸς χρωτὶ νόον προσφέρων Id.Fr.43

    ;

    π. τρόπους παιδί Trag.Adesp.453

    ; cf. infr. B. 1.5.
    IV bear in addition, v. supr. A. 1.2.
    B [voice] Pass., with [tense] fut.

    προσοίσομαι Th.6.44

    , D.48.22: [tense] aor. προσηνεγκάμην, = προσηνέχθην, D.S.16.8:— to be borne towards, and of ships, put in,

    εἰς λιμένα X.Cyr.5.4.6

    : hence,
    2 attack. assault,

    πρός τινας Hdt.5.34

    , 111, 112, 7.209, X.HG4.3.20, etc.; τινι Hdt.5.109, Th.4.126, etc.; κατὰ τὸ ἰσχυρότατον προσηνείχθησαν attacked where the enemy was strongest, Hdt.9.71, cf. 5.101, Th.7.44, Pl.R. 422b; προσφέρεσθαι ἄποροι difficult to engage, Hdt.9.49, cf. Pl.Ly. 223b.
    3 without any sense of hostility, go to or towards, approach, ἐκ τοῦ Ἰκαρίου πελάγεος προσφερόμενοι sailing, Hdt.6.96;

    π. τοῖσι Κορινθίοισι Id.8.94

    ; τῷ σκοπέλῳ, τῇ Τρῳάδι, Luc.JTr.15, DMort.19.2;

    πόλεμος ἀπὸ Πελοποννήσου -φερόμενος Plu.Per.8

    ; τὰ -όμενα πρήγματα matters that were brought to him, Hdt.2.173.
    4 deal with, behave oneself in a certain way towards a person, ἀπὸ τοῦ ἴσου ὑμῖν π. Th.1.140;

    τοῖς κρείσσοσι καλῶς Id.5.111

    , cf. X.Cyr.7.2.16;

    τισὶν οὐ μετρίως D. 9.24

    , cf. PTeb.750.2 (ii B.C.), Sammelb.5675.6 (ii B.C.); φιλανθρώπως [τῇ Ποτειδαία] D.S.16.8, cf. SIG807.13 (Magn. Mae.); ὀρθότατα ἵπποις π. X.Eq.1.1; also

    τίνα τρόπον προσφέρῃ πρὸς τὰ παιδικά Pl.Ly. 205b

    , cf. Phdr. 252d;

    ἄριστα π. πρὸς τοὺς ἀμφισβητοῦντας D.48.22

    ; also of circumstances, ταῖς ξυμφοραῖς εὐξυνετώτερον meet them with intelligence, Th.4.18; πρὸς τὰ πράγματα ἄριστα π. Id.6.44;

    πρὸς τὰς τύχας Pl.R. 604d

    ; πρὸς λόγον answer it, X.Cyr.4.5.44: abs., χρησμῳδέων π. Hdt.7.6; ὀλιγώρως π. Lys.9.17.
    II to be added, Longin.Proll.Heph.p.89C.
    C [voice] Med., with [tense] fut.

    - οίσομαι Phld.Sign.8

    : [ per.] 3sg.[tense] aor. 1 subj.

    - ενέγκηται Epicur.Ep.3p.64U.

    :— προσφέρεσθαί τι take, of food or drink, assimilate, π. σῖτον, ποτόν. X.Cyr.4.2.41, cf. Aeschin.1.145, Thphr. HP8.4.5, Epicur. l.c., Plu.Dem.30, Cic.3, etc.
    2 exhibit, ὑμῖν φιλοτιμίαν Epist.Phil. ap. D.18.167, cf. Epicur.Ep.1p.14U., Inscr.Prien.42.14, 108.221 (ii B.C.), etc.; also π. ἑαυτόν ib.111.294 (i B.C.).
    3 like the [voice] Act., apply,

    κἂν ὁτιοῦν δουλείας Pl.R. 563d

    ;

    πᾶσαν σπουδὴν καὶ μηχανήν Plb.1.18.11

    , cf. Supp.Epigr.2.663.5 (Prusa, ii B.C.), PTeb.27.14, al. (ii B.C.).
    4 contribute,

    πλεῖστα πρός τι Athenio 1.2

    (s. v. l.); bring with one as dowry,

    εἱματισμὸν καὶ κόσμον PEleph.1.4

    (iv B.C.), cf. PGiss.2.12 (ii B.C.), etc.; cf.supr.A.11.
    5 declare,

    μὴ εἰδέναι γράμματα PHamb.39.63

    (ii A.D.), cf. POxy. 237 vii 26 (ii A.D.), etc.
    7 convey property, π. ἐν προσφορᾷ [μέρος οἰκίας] PRyl. 155.7 (ii A.D.), etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > προσφέρω

  • 11 τρέφω

    τρέφω, Il.5.52, etc.; [dialect] Dor. [full] τράφω (v. sub voce); [ per.] 1sg. opt.
    A

    τρέφοιν E.Fr. 903

    : [tense] fut.

    θρέψω h.Ven. 257

    , etc.: [tense] aor. 1 ἔθρεψα, [dialect] Ep.

    θρέψα Il.2.548

    : [tense] aor. 2 ἔτρᾰφον (v. infr. B): [tense] pf. τέτροφα intr., Od.23.237, ([etym.] συν-) Hp.Morb.Sacr. 11; but trans., S.OC 186 (lyr.); also

    τέτρᾰφα Plb.12.25h

    .5:—[voice] Med., [tense] fut. θρέψομαι in pass. sense, Hp.Genit.9, Nat.Puer. 23, Th.7.49, etc.: [tense] aor.

    ἐθρεψάμην Pi.O.6.46

    , A.Ch. 928, etc.:—[voice] Pass., [tense] fut. τρᾰφήσομαι Ps.-D.60.32, D.H.8.41, etc., but in early writers in med. form θρέψομαι (v. supr.): [tense] aor. 1 ἐθρέφθην, [dialect] Ep.

    θρέφθη Hes.Th. 198

    , rare in Trag. and [dialect] Att., E.Hec. 351, 600, Pl.Plt. 310a;

    ἐθράφθη IG12(9).286

    (Eretria, vi B. C.): [tense] aor. 2 ἐτράφην [pron. full] [ᾰ] Hom. (sed v. infr. B), A.Th. 754 (lyr.), Ar.Av. 335 (lyr.), etc.; [dialect] Ep. [ per.] 3pl. ἔτραφεν, τράφεν, Il.23.348, 1.251: [tense] pf.

    τέθραμμαι Hp.Nat.Hom.5

    , E.Heracl. 578, etc.; [ per.] 2pl.

    τέθραφθε Pl.Lg. 625a

    (but συντέτραφθε [s. v. l.] in X.Cyr.6.4.14); inf.

    τεθράφθαι Pl.Grg. 525a

    , X.HG2.3.24 (in both with v. l. τετρ-).
    I thicken or congeal a liquid, γάλα θρέψαι curdle it, Od.9.246; τρέφε ([tense] impf.)

    πίονατυρόν Theoc.25.106

    :—[voice] Pass., with [tense] pf.[voice] Act. τέτροφα, curdle, congeal,

    γάλα τρεφόμενον τυρὸν ἐργάζεσθαι Ael.NA16.32

    ;

    περὶ χροΐ τέτροφεν ἅλμη Od.23.237

    .
    II usu., cause to grow or increase, bring up, rear, esp. of children bred and brought up in a house,

    ὅ σ' ἔτρεφε τυτθὸν ἐόντα Il.8.283

    ;

    ἥ μ' ἔτεχ', ἥ μ' ἔθρεψε Od.2.131

    , cf. 12.134;

    εὖ ἔτρεφεν ἠδ' ἀτίταλλεν Il.16.191

    , cf. Od.19.354;

    ἐγώ σ' ἔθρεψα, σὺν δὲ γηράναι θέλω A.Ch. 908

    , cf. Supp. 894;

    μέχρι ἥβης τ. Th.2.46

    ;

    γεννᾶν καὶ τ. Pl.Plt. 274a

    ;

    τ. τε καὶ αὔξειν μέγαν Id.R. 565c

    : c. acc. cogn., τ. τινὰ τροφήν τινα bring up in a certain way, Hdt.2.2; also

    τῶν πρώτων μαθημάτων, ἐν οἷς οἱ παλαιοὶ τοὺς παῖδας ἔτρεφον Gal.16.691

    :—[voice] Med., rear for oneself,

    θρέψαιό τε φαίδιμον υἱόν Od.19.368

    ;

    αὐτὸν ἐθρέψαντο δράκοντες Pi.O.6.46

    ;

    τεκοῦσα τόνδ' ὄφιν ἐθρεψάμην A.Ch. 928

    ;

    οἱ γεννήσαντες καὶ θρεψάμενοι Pl.Lg. 717c

    ;

    τεκὼν ἀρετὴν καὶ θ. Id.Smp. 212a

    ;

    ἔτεκον μὲν ὑμᾶς πολεμίοις δ' ἐθρεψάμην ὕβρισμα E.HF 458

    :—[voice] Pass., to be reared, grow up,

    ὅς μοι τηλύγετος τρέφεται θαλίῃ ἔνι πολλῇ Il.9.143

    ;

    τῇ ὁμοῦ ἐτρεφόμην Od.15.365

    ;

    ἅμα τράφεν ἠδ' ἐγένοντο Il.1.251

    , etc.; κάρτιστοι τράφεν ἀνδρῶν grew up the strongest men, ib. 266:—prop. a boy was called τρεφόμενος only so long as he remained in the charge of the women, i. e. till his fifth year, Hdt.1.136; ἐξ ὅτου 'τράφην ἐγώ from the time when I left the nursery, Ar.Av. 322; but even of pre-natal growth,

    ἐν σκότοισινηδύος τεθραμμένη A.Eu. 665

    , cf. Th. 754 (lyr.):—generally, in Trag.,

    τραφεὶς μητρὸς εὐγενοῦς ἄπο S.Aj. 1229

    ; ὅπως πατρὸς δείξεις οἷος ἐξ οἵου τράφης ib. 557;

    κρατίστου πατρὸς.. τραφείς Id.Ph.3

    : παῖδες μητέρων τεθραμμέναι true nurslings of your mothers, implying a reproach for unmanliness (s. v.l.), A.Th. 792; μιᾶς τρέφει πρὸς νυκτός art nursed by night alone, i. e. art blind, S.OT 374.
    2 of slaves, cattle, dogs and the like , rear and keep them,

    κύνας Il.22.69

    , Od.14.22, etc.;

    ἵππους Il.2.766

    ; λέοντος ἶνιν (v. σίνις) A.Ag. 717 (lyr.);

    μῆλα Id.Eu. 946

    (lyr.);

    ὄφιν S.Fr. 226

    (cj. for στρέφουσι)

    ; ἰκτῖνα Ar. Fr. 628

    ;

    ὄρτυγας Eup.214

    ;

    ὄρνιθας Pl.Tht. 197c

    ; οἱ τρέφοντες (sc. τοὺς ἐλέφαντας ) the keepers, Arist.HA 571b33;

    τ. παιδαγωγούς Aeschin.1.187

    ; also

    τ. γυναῖκα E.IA 749

    ; τ. [ἑταίραν], [πόρνας], keep.., Antiph. 2, Diph. 87; ὁ τρέφων one's master, Nicol.Com.1.11,36: metaph., αἰγιαλὸν ἔνδον τρέφει he keeps a sea-beach in the house, Ar.V. 110:—[voice] Pass., to be bred, reared,

    δοῦλος οὐκ ὠνητός, ἀλλ' οἴκοι τραφείς S.OT 1123

    ; ἐν τῇ σῇ οἰκίᾳ γέγονεν καὶ τέθραπται was born and bred, Pl.Men. 85e; Ἀγαθῖνον θρεμένον (i. e. τεθρεμμένον, = θρεπτόν, v. θρεπτός 1)

    ἑαυτῶν MAMA4.275

    B (Dionysopolis, ii A. D.); Νείκην τὴν θρεμένην μου ib.276 A (Dionysopolis, ii A. D.).
    3 tend, cherish, τὸν μὲν ἐγὼ φίλεόν τε καὶ ἔτρεφον, of Calypso, Od.5.135, cf. 7.256; of plants, Il.17.53;

    θρέψασα φυτὸν ὥς 18.57

    , cf. Od.14.175.
    4 of parts of the body, let grow, cherish, foster,

    χαίτην.. Σπερχειῷ τρέφε Il.23.142

    ;

    τῷ θεῷ [πλόκαμον] τ. E.Ba. 494

    ;

    ὑπήνην ἄκουρον τ. Ar.V. 476

    (lyr.); τ. κόμην, = κομᾶν, Hdt.1.82;

    [τρίχες] πολλῷ ἐλαίῳ τραφεῖσαι Hero Bel. 112

    : also τά θ' ὕεσσι τρέφει ἀλοιφήν things which put fat on swine, Od.13.410;

    τεθραμμένη εἰς πολυσαρκίαν X.Mem.2.1.22

    .
    5 in Poets, of earth and sea, breed, produce, teem with,

    οὐδὲν ἀκιδνότερον γαῖα τ. ἀνθρώποιο Od.18.130

    ;

    ἄγρια, τά τε τρέφει οὔρεσιν ὕλη Il.5.52

    ;

    φάρμακα, ὅσα τρέφει εὐρεῖα χθών 11.741

    ;

    ὅσ' ἤπειρος.. τρέφει ἠδὲ θάλασσα Hes.Th. 582

    ;

    πολλὰ γᾶ τρέφει δεινά A.Ch. 585

    (lyr.), cf. 128, E.Hec. 1181;

    θάλασσα.. τρέφουσα πορφύρας ἰσάργυρον κηκῖδα A.Ag. 959

    ; ὃν πόντος τ., i. e. the sailors, Pi.I.1.48: rare in Prose,

    ἀεί τι ἡ Αιβύη τρέφει καινόν Arist. GA 746b8

    .
    6 in Poets also, simply, have within oneself, contain,

    ὅ τι καὶ πόλις τέτροφεν ἄφιλον S.OC 186

    (lyr.), cf. Tr. 817; τρέφειν τὴν γλῶσσαν ἡσυχαιτέραν to keep his tongue more quiet, Id.Ant. 1089;

    ἡ γλῶσσα τὸν θυμὸν δεινὸν τ. Id.Aj. 1124

    ;

    τἀληθὲς γὰρ ἰσχῦον τρέφω Id.OT 356

    (so in Pl.,

    τ. ἰσχυρὸν τὸ ἐλεινόν R. 606b

    );

    τ. νόσον S. Ph. 795

    ;

    ἐκ φόβου φόβον τ. Id.Tr.28

    ;

    ἄταν Id.Aj. 644

    (lyr.); οἵας λατρείας.. τρέφει what services.. she has as her lot, ib. 503; ἐν ἐλπίσιν τρέφω.. ἥξειν I cherish hopes that.., Id.Ant. 897; τὸν Καδμογενῆ τρέφει.. βιότου πολύπονον [πέλαγος] is his daily lot, Id.Tr. 117 (lyr., but Reiske's cj. στρέφει is prob.);

    πόνοι τρέφοντες βροτούς E.Hipp. 367

    (lyr.).
    III maintain, support,

    τ. ἀνδρὸς μόχθος ἡμένας ἔσω A.Ch. 921

    , cf. Pi.O.9.106;

    τοῦ τρέφοντος Ἡλίου χθονὸς φύσιν A.Ag. 633

    ;

    τ. τὸν πατέρα Aeschin.1.13

    ;

    τὴν οἰκίαν ὅλην D.59.67

    ;

    οὐ δίκαιον τρέφεσθαι ὑπὸ πατρὸς ὑὸν ἡβῶντα Pl.R. 568e

    ;

    τὰ κτήνη χιλῷ ἐτρέφοντο X.An.4.5.25

    ; γάλακτι, τυρῷ, κρέασι τ., Id.Mem. 4.3.10; σίτῳ, ὄψῳ, Id.Lac.1.3; feed a patient, Gal.15.503, 19.185; provide the food for an employee, σοῦ τρέφοντος αὐτόν, ἐμοῦ δὲ ἱματίζοντος

    αὐτόν BGU1647.14

    (ii A. D.); also

    τ. ἀπό τινος Pl.Prt. 313c

    , X.HG2.1.1;

    ἔκ τινος A.Ag. 1479

    (lyr.), cf. Pl.R. 372b.
    2 maintain an army or fleet, Th.4.83, X.An.1.1.9 ([voice] Pass.);

    τ. τὰς ναῦς Th. 8.44

    , X.HG1.5.5, 5.1.24; τ. τὸ ναυτικὸν ἀπὸ τῶν νήσων ib.4.8.9;

    ἐκ τῶν κωμῶν τρέφεσθαι Id.An.7.4.11

    , etc.
    3 of land, feed, maintain one,

    τρέφει γὰρ οὗτος [ὁ ἀγρὸς].. με Philem.98.2

    , cf. Men.63, 466, al.
    4 of women, feed or suckle an infant,

    συνεξομοιοῦται τὰ τρεφόμενα ταῖς τρεφούσαις Sor.1.88

    ; γυνὴ τρέφουσα ib.87; ἡ τρέφουσα, = ἡ τροφός, Gal.6.44.
    5 of food, nourish,

    τὰ Ἡρακλεωτικὰ τρέφει οὐχ ὁμοίως τοῖς ἀμυγδάλοις Diocl.Fr.126

    , cf. 117;

    ἡ οὐκ ἐπιτηδείως τῷ σώματι διδομένη τροφὴ οὐ τρέφει Sor.1.49

    ;

    πυρῶν.. ὅσοι κοῦφοι.. ἧττον τρέφουσι Gal.Vict.Att 6

    ;

    τὸ δέρμα πᾶν αὐτοῖς ὡς ἂν ὑπὸ φλεγματ ώδους αἵματος τρεφόμενον οἰδαλέον γίνεται Id.18(2).118

    , cf. 106.
    IV bring up, rear, educate, Hes.Fr.19, Pi.N.3.53, etc.;

    τῷ λόγῳ τ. καὶ παιδεύεις Pl.R. 534d

    ;

    θρέψαι καὶ παιδεῦσαι D.59.18

    ;

    Δήμητερ ἡ θρέψασα τὴν ἐμὴν φρένα A.Fr. 479

    ; ἡ θρέψασα (sc. γῆ ) the motherland, Lycurg. 47:—[voice] Med.,

    ἐθρέψω Ξέρξην ἐν τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἤθεσιν Pl.Lg. 695e

    ; ἡ θρεψαμένη one's motherland, Lycurg.85:—[voice] Pass., ὀρθῶς, εὖ τραφῆναι, Pl. R. 401e, Alc.1.120e; παιδείᾳ, ἐν ταύτῃ τῇ παιδείᾳ τ., Id.Lg.695c, X. Cyn.1.16;

    ἐν πολυτρόποις ξυμφοραῖς Th.2.44

    ;

    ἐν φιλοσοφίᾳ Pl.Tht. 172c

    ;

    ἐν χλιδῇ X.Cyr.4.5.54

    ;

    ἐν ἐλευθερίᾳ Pl.Tht. 175d

    , Mx. 239a;

    ἐν ἄλλοις νόμοις Arist.Pol. 1327a14

    ;

    ἐν φωνῇ βαρβάρῳ Pl.Prt. 341c

    ;

    πάσαις Μούσαισι BCH50.444

    (Thespiae, iv A. D.).
    V the [voice] Pass. sts. came to mean little more than to be, ἐπ' ἐμοὶ πολέμιον ἐτράφη (sc. τὸ γένος) Ar.Av. 335 (lyr.), cf. Th. 141, S.OC 805.
    B Hom. uses an intr. [tense] aor. 2 [voice] Act. ἔτραφον in pass. sense (which is to τρέφομαι, τέτροφα (intr.) as ἔδρακον to δέρκομαι, δέδορκα, etc.),

    ὃς.. ἔτραφ' ἄριστος Il.21.279

    ;

    λέοντε ἐτραφέτην ὑπὸ μητρί 5.555

    ; τραφέμεν ([dialect] Ep. for τραφεῖν) 7.199, Od.3.28, al.; ἐπεὶ τράφ' ἐνὶ μεγάρῳ, i. e. when he was well-grown, Il.2.661:—as trans. the [tense] aor. 2 is used by Hom. only in Il.23.90, and τράφε in Pi.N.3.53 is [dialect] Dor. [tense] impf.:— ἐτράφην is perh. post-Homeric; [ per.] 3sg. τράφη is v. l. in Il.2.661, [ per.] 1pl. ἐτράφημεν and [ per.] 1sg. ἐτράφην ([etym.] περ) vv. ll. in 23.84; τράφη is in all codd. of 3.201, 11.222, which should prob. be emended from 2.661; [ per.] 3pl.

    ἔτραφεν 23.348

    (v.l. ἔτραφον), Od.10.417 (v.l. ἔτραφον) ; τράφεν in all codd. of Il.1.251, 266, Od.14.201, also (with v. l. τράφον ) in 4.723: the vox nihili ἐτράφεμεν, found in Il.23.84 as cited by Aeschin.1.149, was emended by Scaliger to ἐτράφομεν:—the redupl. [ per.] 3sg.

    τέτραφ' Il.21.279

    , [ per.] 3pl.

    τέτραφεν 23.348

    , are ff. ll., though found in many codd. Later this [tense] aor. became obsolete, except in [dialect] Ep. imitators, as in Call.Jov.55, Opp.H.1.774.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > τρέφω

  • 12 ἁμῆ

    ἁμῆ, Adv., (properly ἁμῇ, dat. fem. of ἁμός
    A = τὶς) in a certain way, Hp. ap. Gal.19.78: elsewh. in the phrase

    ἁμῆ γέ πῃ

    somehow or other,

    Ar.Ach. 608

    , Pl.Prt. 331d, R. 474c, etc.

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἁμῆ

  • 13 προσφέρω

    προσφέρω impf. προσέφερον; fut. προσοίσω LXX; aor. προσήνεγκον and προσήνεγκα (s. B-D-F §81, 2; Rob. 338; 363); pf. προσενήνοχα Hb 11:17; 1 aor. pass. προσηνέχθην (Pind.+).
    to bring someone or someth. to someone, bring act. and pass.
    bring (to) w. acc. of pers. τινά τινι bring someone to someone, sick people to Jesus or his disciples Mt 4:24; 8:16; 9:2, 32; 12:22 v.l. (for the pass.); 14:35; 17:16. The acc. is lacking but easily supplied Mk 2:4. Children to Jesus Mk 10:13a; cp. b v.l.; Lk 18:15. Pass. Mt 19:13. Bring someone before a judge, king, etc. Lk 23:14; cp. 12:11 v.l. (for εἰσφέρωσιν). Pass. Mt 18:24.
    bring (to) w. acc. of thing
    α. bring (to), offer (Iren. 1, 13, 2 [Harv. I, 117, 3]; Did., Gen. 123, 25) τί τινι someth. (to) someone προσήνεγκαν αὐτῷ δηνάριον Mt 22:19. See Ac 8:18; 1 Cl 43:2. Without a dat., which is supplied by the context Mt 25:20; Hs 8, 1, 12.—Esp. bring someone someth. to drink (Menand., Georg. 61 S. and Kö. φαγεῖν πρ.; Jos., Bell. 1, 488, Ant. 4, 72 οἶνον προσφέρεσθαι=‘take wine’, Vi. 225) ὄξος προσφέροντες αὐτῷ Lk 23:36. Cp. σπόγγον μεστὸν τοῦ ὄξους … προσήνεγκαν αὐτοῦ τῷ στόματι they held a sponge full of vinegar to his mouth J 19:29. Without acc. of thing GJs 18:2 (codd.).—Without dat. ὕδωρ … προσήνεγκεν (Paul) then brought water (after distributing the eucharistic bread) AcPl Ha 4, 4.
    β. τὴν χεῖρα τῷ παιδίῳ reach (your) hand out to the child GJs 20:3 (codd.).
    γ. fig. of partisanship ἥττονα ἁμαρτίαν ὑμῖν προσήνεγκεν made you less guilty lit. ‘(that factionalism) brought less sin on you’ 1 Cl 47:4.
    to present someth. to someone by bringing it, bring, offer, present of offerings, gifts etc. (Simplicius In Epict. p. 93, 41 Düb. τὰς ἀπαρχάς [τῷ θεῷ]; oft. LXX; Jos., Bell. 3, 353, Ant. 3, 231).
    lit. τὶ someth. with or without dat. of pers. (of prayers Orig., C. Cels. 8, 13, 21) δῶρον, δῶρα (Jos., Ant. 6, 67), of the gifts brought by the Magi Mt 2:11 (s. Ps 71:10; on the quality of such gifts cp. Aristot., Fgm. 101 οὐθὲν κολοβὸν προσεφέρομεν πρὸς τούς θεούς=we don’t offer anything shoddy to the gods); of sacrificial gifts 5:23f; 8:4; Hb 8:3f; 9:9 (pass.); GJs 1:1f; 5:1; 1 Cl 44:4. θυσίαν, θυσίας (EpArist 170b; Jos., Ant. 8, 118; Just., D. 41, 2 al. λογικὴν καὶ ἄκαπνον θυσίαν Orig., C. Cels. 7, 1, 15) Hb 11:4; D 14:3 (s. Mal 1:11 and vs. 13 v.l.).—Hb 10:11; see vss. 1, 2 (pass.), 8 (pass.); 1 Cl 41, 2a (pass.); PtK 2 p. 14, 21. σφάγια καὶ θυσίας προσηνέγκατέ μοι Ac 7:42 (Am 5:25). προσενέγκαι μοι ὁλοκαυτώματα καὶ θυσίας B 2:7 (s. Jer 7:22f); 7:6 (s. Lev 16:7, 9); 8:1 (TestJob 3:3).—τινά someone of the offering up of Isaac προσενήνοχεν (the pf. to denote what ‘stands written’; cp. Mlt 129; 142; 238) Ἀβραὰμ τὸν Ἰσαὰκ καὶ τὸν μονογενῆ προσέφερεν (impf., in a conative or inceptive sense, because the sacrifice was not actually made) Hb 11:17. Cp. Ἰσαὰκ προσενεχθεὶς ἐπὶ τὸ θυσιαστήριον B 7:3b (on ἐπὶ τὸ θυς. cp. 1 Esdr 8:15). προσήνεγκεν τὴν παῖδα Ἰωακεὶμ τοῖς ἱερεῦσιν GJs 6:2ab (cp. προσάγω). Of Jesus ἑαυτὸν πρ. Hb 7:27 v.l.; cp. 9:14 (τῷ θεῷ); vs. 25. πρ. αὐτὸν ἐπὶ τὴν σφαγήν B 8:2b. Pass. ὁ Χριστὸς προσενεχθείς Hb 9:28; here the purpose is indicated by εἰς τό w. the inf. foll. Elsewh. the purpose is expressed by means of other preps.: πρ. (τι) περί τινος (Lev 16:9; Job 1:5) Mk 1:44; cp. Lk 5:14. περὶ αὐτοῦ (v.l. ἑαυτοῦ) προσφέρειν περὶ ἁμαρτιῶν Hb 5:3. Also ὑπέρ τινος (1 Macc 7:33) Hb 5:1; 9:7; 10:12; B 7:5. Pass. Ac 21:26; B 7:4 (‘scripture’ quot. of unknown origin). W. double acc. offer someone/someth. as a θυσίαν sacrifice 1 Cl 10:7; B 7:3a (w. ὑπέρ τινος). πρ. τινί sacrifice to someone Dg 3:3. Abs. make an offering, sacrifice B 8:2a. ὀρθῶς 1 Cl 4:4 (Gen 4:7). αἷς δοκεῖτε τιμαῖς προσφέρειν by the honors which you think you offer (them) Dg 2:8. Pass. 1 Cl 41:2b. The pres. ptc. used as a subst. τὸ προσφερόμενον the offering 41:2c.—NSnaith, The Sin-Offering and Guilt-Offering, VetusT 15, ’65, 73–80.
    fig. (s. BGU 1024 VII, 25 of a poor girl ζῶσα προσεφέρετο τοῖς βουλομένοις ὡς νεκρά=‘she offered herself’) the killing of Christians will be considered by the Judeans as λατρείαν προσφέρειν τῷ θεῷ J 16:2 (s. ἀποκτείνω 1a). δεήσεις καὶ ἱκετηρίας πρ. πρὸς (τὸν θεόν) Hb 5:7 (Achilles Tat. 7:1 προσφέρειν δέησιν; JosAs 12:7 τὴν δέησίν μου; Jos., Bell. 3, 353 προσφέρει τῷ θεῷ εὐχήν; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 δέησιν).—ἁμαρτίαν 1 Cl 47:4; δῶρα 1 Cl 44:4.
    to behave towards or deal w. someone in a certain way, meet, deal with pass. in act. sense w. dat. of pers. (so oft. Thu.+; Diod S 14, 90, 3; Aelian, VH 12, 27; Herodian 1, 13, 7; Philo, Ebr. 69, De Jos. 47; Jos., Bell. 7, 254; 263; OGI 456, 64; SIG 807, 13 [54 A.D.]; PLond 1912, 65 [41 A.D.]) ὡς υἱοῖς ὑμῖν προσφέρεται ὁ θεός Hb 12:7.—M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > προσφέρω

  • 14 φρονέω

    φρονέω (s. φρήν) impf. ἐφρόνουν; fut. φρονήσω; 1 aor. ἐφρόνησα; pf. 1 pl. πεφρονήκαμεν (Ath. 10, 1) (Hom.+; ins, pap, LXX; TestJob 48:2; EpArist 236; Philo, Joseph., Ar., Just., Ath.)
    to have an opinion with regard to someth., think, form/hold an opinion, judge ἐφρόνουν ὡς νήπιος I thought like a child 1 Cor 13:11 (schol. on Apollon. Rhod. 4, 868a νηπίου ὄντος καὶ νήπια φρονοῦντος). καθὼς φρονοῦσιν as their opinion is ISm 2. καλῶς καὶ ἀληθῶς φρονεῖς your judgment is right and true Hm 3:4 (εὖ φρ. Hippol., Ref. 10, 32, 4). ταῦτα φρονεῖν 9:12. ἃ φρονεῖς the views that you hold Ac 28:22 (Just., D. 80, 2 ἕτερα λέγειν παρʼ ἃ φρονῶ). πολλὰ φρονῶ ἐν θεῷ many thoughts are mine when I take God’s view of things (so Kleist) ITr 4:1. φρονεῖν τι ὑπέρ τινος think or feel in a certain way about someone Phil 1:7. ὑπέρ τινος φρ. think of someone in the sense be concerned about him 4:10a; cp. 10b. φρ. περί τινος think of or about someone (Wsd 14:30; Just., D. 3, 7; Ath. 24, 1; περὶ τοῦ θεοῦ Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 15]) 2:1a. φρ. τι περί τινος think someth. concerning someone (Isocr. 3, 60; Polyaenus 5, 2, 13; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 20, 5; Jos., Ant. 12, 125, C. Ap. 2, 168; Ar. 8, 1; Just., D. 48, 1) ISm 5:2. φρ. μικρὰ περί τινος think little of someone 2 Cl 1:2 (Philo, Spec. Leg. 2, 256 φρ. περὶ μοναρχίας τὰ ἄριστα); cp. 1:1b. On ἵνα ἀδελφὸς ἰδὼν ἀδελφὴν οὐδὲν φρονῇ περὶ αὐτῆς θηλυκόν 12:5a s. θηλυκός; cp. 12:5b. θεὸν δεσπότην φρ. think of God as Master Dg 3:2 (s. φρονίμως). οὐδὲν ἄλλο φρ. think nothing different, not take a different view Gal 5:10 (Hdt. 7, 205, 3 ἄλλα φρ.; Jos., Bell. 5, 326 φρ. οὐδὲν ὑγιές). τοῦτο φρ. Phil 3:15a; τὶ ἑτέρως φρ. think of or regard someth. differently 15b; τὸ αὐτὸ φρ. think the same thing, i.e. be in agreement, live in harmony (Hdt. 1, 60, 2; Dio Chrys. 17 [34], 20; Just., D. 65, 2 τὸ αὐτὸ φρ…. ἐμοί; OGI 669, 36.—Opp.: ἀνόμοια φρ. Iren. 1, Pr. 2 [Harv. I 4, 5f]) 2 Cor 13:11; Phil 2:2a; 3:16 v.l.; 4:2; 2 Cl 17:3. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν ἐν ἀλλήλοις Ro 15:5; εἰς ἀλλήλους 12:16a. Also τὰ αὐτὰ φρ. (Hdt. 5, 72, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 65 §295 τὰ αὐτὰ ἐφρόνουν) Hs 9, 13, 7. τὸ ἓν φρ. Phil 2:2b. Cherish thoughts μὴ ὑπερφρονεῖν παρʼ ὸ̔ δεῖ φρονεῖν not to think more of oneself than one ought to think Ro 12:3a. Cp. 1 Cor 4:6 v.l. (cp. Diod S 27, 6, 2 τοὺς ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον φρονοῦντας). ὑψηλὰ φρονεῖν be proud Ro 11:20; 1 Ti 6:17 v.l.
    to give careful consideration to someth., set one’s mind on, be intent on, foll. by the acc. (Brutus, Ep. 14 τὰ σὰ φρ.)
    gener. ἀγαθὰ φρ. Hm 10, 3, 1. τὸ καλὸν φρ. Hs 5, 2, 7. τέλεια ISm 11:3. τὰ ὑψηλά Ro 12:16b (cp. 2 Macc 9:12). τὰ ἐπίγεια (Did., Gen. 50, 27; Theoph. Ant. 2, 17 [p. 142, 6]) Phil 3:19. τὰ ἐπὶ τῆς γῆς Col 3:2 (opp. τὰ ἄνω; TestJob 48:2 τὰ τῆς γῆς φρ.).
    φρ. τά τινος take someone’s side, espouse someone’s cause (Diod S 13, 48, 4 and 7 ἐφρόνουν τὰ Λακεδαιμονίων; 13, 72, 1; 14, 32, 4; 20, 35, 2 and oft.; Appian, Liby. 70 §316, Bell. Civ. 3, 85, §351; Polyaenus 8, 14, 3 τὰ Ῥωμαίων φρ., cp. HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 56; Herodian 8, 6, 6; 1 Macc 10:20; Jos., Ant. 14, 450 οἱ τὰ Ἡρῴδου φρονοῦντες). τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ (opp. τὰ τῶν ἀνθρώπων) Mt 16:23; Mk 8:33. τὰ τῆς σαρκός (opp. τὰ τοῦ πνεύματος) Ro 8:5.
    of acknowledging the importance of someth. ὁ φρονῶν τὴν ἡμέραν κυρίῳ φρονεῖ the one who is intent on the day (i.e. a particular day rather than others) in honor of the Lord Ro 14:6. φρ. εἰς τὸ σωφρονεῖν 12:3b.
    to develop an attitude based on careful thought, be minded/disposed τοῦτο φρονεῖτε ἐν ὑμῖν ὸ̔ καὶ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ let the same kind of thinking dominate you as dominated Christ Jesus Phil 2:5 (Christ went so far as to devoid himself of his divine status for the benefit of humanity; the opp. of φρονεῖν μέγα, ‘to think presumptuously’, s. Reader, Polemo 216f on the theme of hybris). Or, have the same thoughts among yourselves as you have in your communion with Christ Jesus (so CDodd, The Apost. Preaching ’37, 106f).—B. 1198. DELG s.v. φρήν II. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > φρονέω

  • 15 χράομαι

    χράομαι (χρή) mid. dep. pres. 2 sg. χρᾶσαι (B-D-F §87), ind. and subj. 3 sg. χρῆται IRo 9:1; 1 Ti 1:8 (B-D-F §88); impf. ἐχρώμην; fut. χρήσομαι LXX; 1 aor. ἐχρησάμην; pf. κέχρημαι (Mlt-H. 200) (Hom.+) ‘use’, a common multivalent term.
    make use of, employ
    w. dat. τινί someth. (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 102 §427f θαλάσσῃ; Wsd 2:6; 13:18; 4 Macc 9:2; GrBar 6:12; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 5 Jac.; Philo, Aet. M. 70; 71; Jos., Bell. 3, 341; Just., A I, 14, 2, D. 57, 2; Tat. 12, 5.—B-D-F §193, 5; Rob. 532f) βοηθείαις ἐχρῶντο Ac 27:17 (s. βοήθεια 2).—1 Cor 7:31 v.l.; 9:12, 15; 1 Ti 5:23 (οἶνος 1); 2 Cl 6:5; Dg 6:5; 12:3 (ᾗ μὴ καθαρῶς χρησάμενοι not using it in purity); ITr 6:1; IPhld 4; Hs 9, 16, 4 (of the use of a seal as PHib 72, 16 [III B.C.]). διαλέκτῳ use a language Dg 5:2. Of law (Trag., Hdt. et al.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 125) τοῖς νόμοις live in accordance with the laws (Jos., Ant. 16, 27; Ath. 1, 1) Hs 1:3f; cp. 6. ἐάν τις αὐτῷ (=τῷ νόμῳ) νομίμως χρῆται 1 Ti 1:8. προφήταις χρῆσθαι appeal to the prophets AcPlCor 1:10. A dat. is to be supplied w. μᾶλλον χρῆσαι make the most of, take advantage of 1 Cor 7:21, either τῇ δουλείᾳ (so the Peshitta, Chrysostom, Theodoret, and many modern interpreters and translators, among the latter, 20th Century, Goodsp., NRSV; s. also HBellen, Ac 6, ’63, 177–80) or τῇ ἐλευθερίᾳ (so Erasmus, Luther, Calvin, FGodet, Lghtf., Zahn, Moffatt, RSV, NRSV mg., REB); s. μᾶλλον 2a.—If μ. χ. is construed without an implied dat., the phrase can be understood in the sense be all the more useful, work all the harder (cp. Vi. Aesopi G 17 P. on the theme of dedication to a task) i.e. as a freedperson be as industrious as a slave. (On this subj.: TZahn, Sklaverei u. Christentum in d. alten Welt [1879]: Skizzen aus dem Leben d. alten Kirche2 1898, 116–59; EvDobschütz, Sklaverei u. Christent.: RE3 XVIII 423–33; XXIV 521; JvWalter, Die Sklaverei im NT 1914; FKiefl, Die Theorien des modernen Sozialismus über den Ursprung d. Christentums, Zugleich ein Komm. zu 1 Cor 7:21, 1915, esp. p. 56–109; JWeiss, Das Urchristentum 1917, 456–60; ASteinmann, Zur Geschichte der Auslegung v. 1 Cor 7:21: ThRev 16, 1918, 341–48; AJuncker, D. Ethik des Ap. Pls II 1919, 175–81; JKoopmans, De Servitute Antiqua et Rel. Christ., diss. Amsterdam 1920, 119ff; ELohmeyer, Soz. Fragen im Urchrist. 1921; FGrosheide, Exegetica [1 Cor 7:21]: GereformTT 24, 1924, 298–302; HGreeven [s.v. πλοῦτος 1]; MEnslin, The Ethics of Paul 1930, 205–10; WWestermann, Enslaved Persons Who Are Free, AJP 59, ’38, 1–30; HGülzow, Christent. u. Sklaverei [to 300 A.D.], ’69, 177–81; SBartchy, MALLON CHRESAI, ’73=SBLDS 11, ’85; TWiedmann, Greek and Roman Slavery ’81; COsiek, Slavery in the Second Testament World: BTB 22, ’92, 174–79 [lit.]; JHarril, The Manumission of Slaves in Early Christianity ’95, esp. 68–128. On slavery in antiquity gener.: WWestermann, Pauly-W. Suppl. VI ’35, 894–1068, The Slave Systems of Gk. and Rom. Antiquity, ’55; WKristensen, De antieke opvatting van dienstbaarheid ’34; MPohlenz, D. hellen. Mensch ’47, 387–96; Kl. Pauly V 230–34; BHHW III 1814f; MFinley, Slavery in Classical Antiquity ’60; KBradley, The Problem of Slavery in Classical Culture: ClPh 92, ’97, 273–82 [lit.]; PGarnsey, Ideas of Slavery from Aristotle to Augustine ’96.) τινὶ εἴς τι use someth. for someth. (Oenomaus in Eus., PE 5, 33, 14; Simplicius In Epict. p. 27, 52 Düb.; cp. Tat. 17, 4 πρὸς τὸ κακοποιεῖν) Hv 3, 2, 8. σὺ αὐτὸς χρᾶσαι ἐκ τῶν αὐτῶν λίθων you yourself function as one from these same stones 3, 6, 7 (s. app. in Whittaker and Joly; for lit. s. Leutzsch, Hermas 418 n. 355).—W. a double dat. (Trag. et al.) σχοινίῳ χρώμενοι τῷ πνεύματι using as a rope the Holy Spirit IEph 9:1. W. double dat. of pers. (Jos., C. Ap. 1, 227; Just., D. 7, 1; Tat. 36, 1; Ath. 32, 1) of the Syrian ἐκκλησία, which ποιμένι τῷ θεῷ χρῆται resorts to God as shepherd IRo 9:1.
    w. acc. (X., Ages. 11, 11; Ps.-Aristot., Oecon. 2, 22, 1350a, 7 χρ. τὰ τέλη εἰς διοίκησιν τῆς πόλεως; Ael. Aristid. 13 p. 162 D.; SIG 1170, 27 ἄνηθον μετʼ ἐλαίου χρ.; PTebt 273, 28 ὕδωρ χρ.; Wsd 7:14 v.l.; 2 Macc 4:19.—B-D-F §152, 4; Rob. 476) τὸν κόσμον 1 Cor 7:31 (cp. Simplicius In Epict. p. 29, 30 Düb. τὸ τοῖς μὴ ἐφʼ ἡμῖν ὡς ἐφʼ ἡμῖν οὖσι κεχρῆσθαι=to use that which is not in our power as if it were in our power; s. also MDibelius, Urchristentum u. Kultur 1928).
    act, proceed (Hdt. et al.; POxy 474, 38 et al.) w. dat. of characteristic shown (Aelian, VH 2, 15; Jos., Ant. 10, 25; Just., D. 79, 2; Tat. 40, 1; Mel., HE 4, 26, 13) τῇ ἐλαφρίᾳ 2 Cor 1:17. πολλῇ παρρησίᾳ 3:12. ὑποταγῇ 1 Cl 37:5.—W. adv. (PMagd 6, 12 [III B.C.] et al.) ἀποτόμως 2 Cor 13:10.
    treat a person in a certain way, w. dat. of pers. and an adv. (X., Mem. 1, 2, 48 φίλοις καλῶς χρ.; OGI 51, 8 [III B.C.] τοῖς τεχνίταις φιλανθρώπως χρῆται; PPetr III, 115, 8 [III B.C.] πικρῶς σοι ἐχρήσατο; POxy 745, 6; Esth 2:9; TestJob 20:3 ὡς ἐβούλετο; Jos., Ant. 2, 315, C. Ap. 1, 153 φιλανθρώπως; Just., A I, 27, 1 αἰσχρῶς) φιλανθρώπως ὁ Ἱούλιος τῷ Παύλῳ χρησάμενος; cp. Hs 5, 2, 10.—DELG s.v. χράομαι p. 1274. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > χράομαι

  • 16 ποιέω

    ποιέω (Hom.+) impf. ἐποίουν; fut. ποιήσω; 1 aor. ἐποίησα; pf. πεποίηκα; plpf. πεποιήκειν Mk 15:7 (as IMagnMai 93b, 24; on the omission of the augment s. B-D-F §66, 1; Mlt-H. 190). Mid.: impf. ἐποιούμην; 1 aor. ἐποιησάμην; pf. πεποίημαι 1 Cl 1:1. Pass. (has disappeared almost entirely; B-D-F §315): 1 fut. ποιηθήσομαι; 1 aor. 3 pl. ἐποιήθησαν (En 22:9); pf. 3 sg. πεποίηται (Ec 8:14; Tat. 11, 2), ptc. πεποιημένος (Ec 1:14 al.) Hb 12:27. A multivalent term, often without pointed semantic significance, used in ref. to a broad range of activity involving such matters as bringing someth. into being, bringing someth. to pass, or simply interacting in some way with a variety of entities.
    to produce someth. material, make, manufacture, produce τὶ someth. (Gen 6:14ff; 33:17 al.; JosAs 16:8; GrBar 3:5 ‘build’; ApcMos 20; Mel., P. 38, 261).
    of human activity: σκεῦος 2 Cl 8:2. χιτῶνας, ἱμάτια Ac 9:39. εἰκόνα Rv 13:14b. θεούς make gods Ac 7:40 (Ex 32:1). ναοὺς ἀργυροῦς 19:24. ἀνθρακιάν J 18:18. τέσσαρα μέρη 19:23 (s. μέρος 1a). πηλόν 9:11, 14. σκηνὰς pitch tents, build huts (1 Ch 15:1; 2 Esdr 18: 16f; Jdth 8:5; Jos., Ant. 3, 79; Just., D. 127, 3 σκηνήν) Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. ἁγίασμα GJs 6:1; καταπέτασμα τῷ ναῷ 10:1; τὴν πορφύραν καὶ τὸ κόκκινον 12:1.—Used w. prepositional expressions ποιῆσαι αὐτὴν (i.e. τὴν σκηνὴν τοῦ μαρτυρίου) κατὰ τὸν τύπον to make it (the tent of testimony) according to the model (Ex 25:40) Ac 7:44; cp. Hb 8:5. ποιεῖν τι ἔκ τινος make someth. from or out of someth. (i.e. fr. a certain material; Hdt. 2, 96; cp. X., An. 4, 5, 14; Theophr., HP 4, 2, 5; Ex 20:24f; 28:15; 29:2) J 2:15; 9:6; Ro 9:21.
    of divine activity, specifically of God’s creative activity create (Hes., Op. 109; Heraclitus, Fgm. 30 κόσμον οὔτε τις θεῶν οὔτε ἀνθρώπων ἐποίησεν, ἀλλʼ ἦν ἀεὶ καὶ ἔστιν καὶ ἔσται; Pla., Tim. 76c ὁ ποιῶν ‘the Creator’; Epict. 1, 6, 5; 1, 14, 10; 2, 8, 19 σε ὁ Ζεὺς πεποίηκε; 4, 1, 102; 107; 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν; Ael. Aristid. 43, 7 K.=1 p. 2 D.: Ζεὺς τὰ πάντα ἐποίησεν; Herm. Wr. 4, 1. In LXX oft. for בָּרָא also Wsd 1:13; 9:9; Sir 7:30; 32:13; Tob 8:6; Jdth 8:14; Bar 3:35; 4:7; 2 Macc 7:28; Aristobulus in Eus., PE13, 12, 12 [pp. 182 and 184 Holladay]; JosAs 9:5; Philo, Sacr. Abel. 65 and oft.; SibOr 3, 28 and Fgm. 3, 3; 16; Just., A II, 5, 2 al.) w. acc. ἡ χείρ μου ἐποίησεν ταῦτα πάντα Ac 7:50 (Is 66:2). τοὺς αἰῶνας Hb 1:2 (s. αἰών 3). τὸν κόσμον (Epict. 4, 7, 6 ὁ θεὸς πάντα πεποίηκεν τὰ ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ αὐτὸν τὸν κόσμον ὅλον; Sallust. 5 p. 10, 29; Wsd 9:9; TestAbr A 10 p. 88, 21 [Stone p. 24]) Ac 17:24. τὸν οὐρανὸν καὶ τὴν γῆν (cp. Ael. Aristid. above; Gen 1:1; Ex 20:11; Ps 120:2; 145:6; Is 37:16; Jer 39:17 et al.; TestJob 2:4; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 121; Aristobulus above) Ac 4:24; 14:15b; cp. Rv 14:7. τὰ πάντα PtK 2 p. 13, 26 (JosAs 12, 2; Just., D. 55, 2; also s. Ael. Aristid. above). Lk 11:40 is classed here by many. Of the relation of Jesus to God Ἰησοῦν, πιστὸν ὄντα τῷ ποιήσαντι αὐτόν= appointed him Hb 3:2 (cp. Is 17:7).—W. a second acc., that of the predicate (PSI 435, 19 [258 B.C.] ὅπως ἂν ὁ Σάραπις πολλῷ σὲ μείζω ποιήσῃ) ἄρσεν καὶ θῆλυ ἐποίησεν αὐτούς (God) created them male and female Mt 19:4b; Mk 10:6 (both Gen 1:27c).—Pass. Hb 12:27.—ὁ ποιήσας the Creator Mt 19:4a v.l.
    to undertake or do someth. that brings about an event, state, or condition, do, cause, bring about, accomplish, prepare, etc.
    ἔργα π. do deeds, also in sg. (as JosAs 29:3 μὴ ποιήσῃς τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο) τὰ ἔργα τοῦ Ἀβραὰμ π. do as Abraham did J 8:39. τὰ ἔργα τοῦ πατρὸς ὑμῶν vs. 41; cp. 10:37. τὰ πρῶτα ἔργα Rv 2:5. ἔργον commit a deed 1 Cor 5:2 v.l. ἔργον ποίησον εὐαγγελιστοῦ 2 Ti 4:5 (s. ἔργον 2).—ἔργον or ἔργα somet. refer to wondrous deeds: ἓν ἔργον ἐποίησα I have done just one (wondrous) deed J 7:21. Pl. 14:12a; cp. vs. 12bc. This illustrates the transition to
    do, perform miracles δυνάμεις Mt 7:22; 13:58; Ac 19:11 (Just., A I, 26, 2 al.); sg. Mk 6:5; 9:39. θαυμάσια Mt 21:15 (cp. Sir 31:9). μεγάλα καὶ θαυμάσια AcPl Ha 8, 33=BMM verso 5f (Just., A I, 62, 4). σημεῖα (Ex 4:17) J 2:23; 3:2; 7:31; 9:16; 11:47b; 20:30; Rv 13:13a; 16:14; 19:20. Sing. J 6:30; 10:41. τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα Ac 6:8; 7:36. ὅσα Mk 3:8; 6:30; Lk 9:10.—Ac 10:39; 14:11.
    of conditions bring about, etc.: εἰρήνην make, establish peace Eph 2:15; Js 3:18 (cp. 2 Macc 1:4). τὴν ἔκβασιν provide a way out 1 Cor 10:13 (on the foll. gen. of the inf. w. the art. s. B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1067). ἐπίστασιν ὄχλου cause a disturbance among the people Ac 24:12. τὰ σκάνδαλα create difficulties Ro 16:17. On Mk 6:20 v.l. KRomaniuk, ETL 69, ’93, 140f.—W. dat. of advantage ἐποίουν χαρὰν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς they brought joy to the members Ac 15:3 (s. ἀδελφός 2a).
    used w. a noun as a periphrasis for a simple verb of doing (s. 7a below; B-D-F §310, 1.—ποιέω in such combinations as early as IPriene 8, 63 [c. 328 B.C.], also Plut., Crass. 551 [13, 6]; s. ἑορτή, end). ἐποίησεν ᾆσμα GJs 6:3. διαθήκην π. Hb 8:9 (Jer 38:32 cod. Q; cp. Is 28:15; TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 6 [Stone p. 20] διάταξιν). π. τὴν ἐκδίκησιν Lk 18:7f; cp. Ac 7:24 (s. ἐκδίκησις 1). ἐνέδραν 25:3. κοπετόν 8:2. κρίσιν (s. κρίσις 1aα and β) J 5:27; Jd 15. θρῆνον GJs 3:1. κυνηγίαν AcPl Ha 1, 33. λύτρωσιν Lk 1:68. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν (v.l. ὁδοποιεῖν) Mk 2:23 (ὁδός 2). π. (τὸν) πόλεμον (μετά τινος) wage war (on someone) Rv 11:7; 12:17; 13:7 (Da 7:8 LXX; 7:21 Theod.; Gen 14:2). πρόθεσιν Eph 3:11; συμβούλιον π. Mk 3:6 v.l.; 15:1; συστροφήν Ac 23:12; cp. vs. 13. φόνον Mk 15:7 (cp. Dt 22:8; Callinicus, Vi. Hyp. 98, 21 Bonn; TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 4 [Stone p. 78, 4]).—τὸ ἱκανὸν ποιεῖν τινι vs. 15 s. ἱκανός 1.
    what is done is indicated by the neut. of an adj. or pron.: τὸ ἀγαθὸν π. do what is good Ro 13:3; τὰ ἀγαθὰ π. J 5:29; ἀγαθὸν π. do good Mk 3:4; 1 Pt 3:11 (Ps 33:15). τὸ καλὸν Ro 7:21; 2 Cor 13:7b; Gal 6:9. τὰ καλὰ (καὶ εὐάρεστα ἐνώπιον αὐτοῦ) 1 Cl 21:1. καλόν Js 4:17. τὸ κακόν Ro 13:4. τὰ κακά 3:8. κακόν 2 Cor 13:7a (κακὸν μηδέν; cp. SIG 1175, 20 κακόν τι ποιῆσαι). κακά 1 Pt 3:12 (Ps 33:17). τὰ ἀρεστὰ αὐτῷ (=τῷ θεῷ) J 8:29; cp. Hb 13:21b; 1J 3:22 (TestAbr A 15 p. 96, 12 [Stone p. 40] πάντα τὰ ἀρεστὰ ἐνώπιον σου ἐποίησεν). πάντα 1 Cor 9:23; 10:31b; IEph 15:3.—ὅ Mt 26:13; Mk 14:9; J 13:7, 27a. τοῦτο Mt 13:28; Mk 5:32; Lk 5:6; J 14:13, 14 v.l.; AcPl Ha 9, 27; Ro 7:15f, 20 (cp. Epict. 2, 26, 4 ὸ̔ θέλει οὐ ποιεῖ καὶ ὸ̔ μὴ θέλει ποιεῖ); 1 Cor 11:24f (the specific sense ‘sacrifice’ in this passage is opposed by TAbbott [JBL 9, 1890, 137–52], but favored by FMozley [ET 7, 1896, 370–86], AAndersen [D. Abendmahl in d. ersten zwei Jahrh. 1904], and K Goetz [D. Abendmahlsfrage2 1907]). αὐτὸ τοῦτο Gal 2:10. ταῦτα Mt 21:23; 23:23; Gal 5:17; 2 Pt 1:10b. αὐτά J 13:17; Ro 1:32; 2:3. τὸ αὐτό Mt 5:46, 47b.—τί ποιήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. J 18:35 (TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 19 [Stone p. 10]; ParJer 6:14 τί ποιήσωμεν; ApcEsdr 7:4 p. 32, 14 Tdf.). τί ἀγαθὸν ποιήσω; Mt 19:16. τί κακὸν ἐποίησεν; Mt 27:23; Lk 23:22; Mk 15:14. τί περισσὸν ποιεῖτε; Mt 5:47a. τί ποιεῖτε τοῦτο; what is this that you are doing? or why are you doing this? Mk 11:3 (GrBar 2:2 τί ἐποίησας τοῦτο; s. B-D-F §299, 1; Rob. 736; 738; Rdm.2 25f). τί ταῦτα ποιεῖτε; Ac 14:15a (as Demosth. 55, 5). τί σὺ ὧδε ποιεῖς; Hv 1, 1, 5. W. ptc. foll. (B-D-F §414, 5; Rob. 1121) τί ποιεῖτε λύοντες; what are you doing, untying? Mk 11:5. τί ποιεῖτε κλαίοντες; what are you doing, weeping? or what do you mean by weeping? Ac 21:13. τί ποιήσουσιν οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι; what are they to do, who have themselves baptized? 1 Cor 15:29.—A statement of what is to be done follows in an indirect question ὸ̔ ποιεῖς ποίησον do what you must do J 13:27 (as Epict. 3, 21, 24 ποίει ἃ ποιεῖς; 3, 23, 1; 4, 9, 18; TestJob 7:13).
    of meals or banquets, and of festivities of which a banquet is the principal part give ἄριστον Lk 14:12. δεῖπνον (q.v. bα) Mk 6:21; Lk 14:12, 16; J 12:2; Hs 5, 2, 9. δοχήν (s. δοχή) Lk 5:29; 14:13; GJs 6:2. γάμους (s. γάμος 1a) Mt 22:2 (JosAs 20:6).—Keep, celebrate (PFay 117, 12) the Passover (feast) Mt 26:18; Hb 11:28 (s. πάσχα 3). Also in connection w. τὴν ἑορτὴν ποιῆσαι Ac 18:21 D the Passover is surely meant. But π. is also used of festivals in general (cp. X., Hell. 4, 5, 2 ποιεῖν Ἴσθμια; 7, 4, 28 τὰ Ὀλύμπια).
    of the natural processes of growth; in plant life send out, produce, bear, yield καρπόν, καρπούς (Aristot., Plant. 1, 4, 819b, 31; 2, 10, 829a, 41; LXX [καρπός 1aα]) Mt 3:10; 7:17ab, 18, 19; 13:26; Lk 3:9; 6:43ab; 8:8; 13:9; Rv 22:2; also in imagery Mt 3:8; 21:43; Lk 3:8. κλάδους Mk 4:32. ἐλαίας Js 3:12a (cp. Jos., Ant. 11, 50 ἄμπελοι, αἳ ποιοῦσιν τὸν οἶνον). π. ὕδωρ produce water vs. 12b (but s. ἁλυκός).—Of capital yielding a return ἡ μνᾶ ἐποίησεν πέντε μνᾶς the mina has made five minas Lk 19:18. Also of a person who operates w. capital make money (Ps.-Demosth. 10, 76; Polyb. 2, 62, 12) ἐποίησεν ἄλλα πέντε τάλαντα Mt 25:16 v.l.
    with focus on causality
    α. The result of the action is indicated by the acc. and inf.; make (to), cause (someone) to, bring it about that (Hom. et al.; also ins [SIG IV p. 510a index], pap, LXX; TestJob 3:7; 42:6; ParJer 9:16f; ApcMos 16; Just., A I, 26, 5, D. 69, 6; 114, 1; Ath. 13, 2) ποιεῖ αὐτὴν μοιχευθῆναι Mt 5:32. ποιήσω ὑμᾶς γενέσθαι ἁλεεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mk 1:17. Cp. 7:37b; Lk 5:34 ( force someone to fast); J 6:10; Ac 17:26; Rv 13:13b.—ἵνα takes the place of the inf.: ποιήσω αὐτοὺς ἵνα ἥξουσιν Rv 3:9; cp. 13:12b, 16. ἵνα without acc. (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 20 [Stone p. 68] ποίησον ἵνα φαγῶμεν) J 11:37; Col 4:16; Rv 13:15.—ἡμῖν ὡς πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν us, as though we had caused him to walk Ac 3:12 (s. B-D-F §400, 7).
    β. w. a double accusative, of the obj. and the pred. (Hom. et al.; LXX; ApcEsdr 4:27 p. 38, 32 Tdf. λίθους ἄρτους ποιήσας; Mel., P. 68, 494 ποιήσας ἡμᾶς ἱεράτευμα καινόν), make someone or someth. (into) someth. W. noun as predicate acc.: ποιήσω ὑμᾶς ἁλιεῖς ἀνθρώπων Mt 4:19. ὑμεῖς αὐτὸν (i.e. τὸν οἶκον τοῦ θεοῦ) ποιεῖτε σπήλαιον λῃστῶν 21:13; Mk 11:17; Lk 19:46. Cp. Mt 23:15b; J 2:16; 4:46, 54; cp. 2:11; Ac 2:36; 2 Cor 5:21; Hb 1:7 (Ps 103:4); Rv 1:6; 3:12 al. ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τ. μισθίων σου Lk 15:19, 21 v.l. (cp. Gen 45:8; 48:20 and s. B-D-F §453, 4; Rob. 481). If the obj. acc. is missing, it may be supplied fr. the context as self-evident ἁρπάζειν αὐτὸν ἵνα ποιήσωσιν βασιλέα take him by force, in order to make (him) king J 6:15.—1 Cor 6:15. Claim that someone is someth., pretend that someone is someth. J 8:53; 10:33; 19:7, 12; 1J 1:10; 5:10. Cp. 5b.—W. adj. as predicate acc.: εὐθείας ποιεῖτε τὰς τρίβους (Is 40:3) make the paths straight Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4. τρίχα λευκὴν π. Mt 5:36. Cp. 12:16; 20:12b; 26:73; 28:14; Mk 3:12; J 5:11, 15; 7:23; 16:2; Ac 7:19; Eph 2:14 ὁ ποιήσας τὰ ἀμφότερα ἕν; Rv 12:15; 21:5. ἴσον ἑαυτὸν ποιῶν τῷ θεῷ (thereby) declaring that he was equal to God or making himself equal to God J 5:18.—Cp. use of the mid. 7b below.
    γ. w. adv. of place send outside ἔξω ποιεῖν τινα put someone out (=send outside; cp. X., Cyr. 4, 1, 3 ἔξω βελῶν ποιεῖν=‘put outside bowshot’) Ac 5:34.
    to carry out an obligation of a moral or social nature, do, keep, carry out, practice, commit
    do, keep the will or law obediently τὸ θέλημα τοῦ θεοῦ etc. (JosAs 12:3; s. θέλημα 1cγ) Mt 7:21; 12:50; Mk 3:35; J 4:34; 6:38; 7:17; 9:31; Eph 6:6; Hb 10:7, 9 (both Ps 39:9), 36; 13:21; 1J 2:17; Pol 2:2; τὰ θελήματα Mk 3:35 v.l.; Ac 13:22; GEb 121, 34. π. τὰ θελήματα τῆς σαρκός Eph 2:3. Cp. Mt 21:31.—π. τὸν νόμον J 7:19; Gal 5:3; cp. Mt 5:19; Ro 2:14; Gal 3:10 (Dt 27:26); vs. 12 (cp. Lev 18:5).—Mt 7:24, 26; Lk 6:46; J 2:5; 8:44. ἐκεῖνο τὸ προσταχθὲν ἡμῖν ποιήσωμεν let us do what has been commanded us GMary 463, 27f (ParJer 6:9).—ὸ̔ ἐὰν φανηρώσῃ … ὁ θεός, τοῦτο ποιήσομεν GJs 8:2.—ἐξουσίαν ποιεῖν exercise authority Rv 13:12a.
    do, practice virtues (cp. SIG 304, 41f τὰ δίκαια): π. τὴν ἀλήθειαν (ἀλήθεια 2b) live the truth J 3:21 (cp. 1QS 1:5 al.); 1J 1:6. (τὴν) δικαιοσύνην (δικαιοσύνη 3a) 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. τὰ ἐντολά Ro 22:14 v.l. (SGoranson, NTS 43, ’97, 154–57). Differently Mt 6:1 (δικαιοσύνη 3b), which belongs with ποιεῖν ἐλεημοσύνην vs. 2a and 3a (s. ἐλεημοσύνη 1); cp. Ac 9:36; 10:2; 24:17. π. ἐγκράτειαν 2 Cl 15:1. π. χρηστότητα Ro 3:12 (Ps 13:1, 3; 52:4 v.l.). π. ἔλεος show mercy Js 2:13; μετά τινος to someone Lk 1:72; 10:37a (JosAs 23:4; s. ἔλεος a and μετά A2γג).
    do, commit, be guilty of sins and vices (τὴν) ἁμαρτίαν (ἁμαρτία 1a) J 8:34; 2 Cor 11:7; 1 Pt 2:22; 1J 3:4a, 8, 9; pl. Js 5:15 (TestAbr B 10 p. 115, 10 [Stone p. 78, 10]). ἁμάρτημα (TestJob 11:3; ParJer 2:2; s. ἁμάρτημα) 1 Cor 6:18. (τὴν) ἀνομίαν (ἀνομία 2) Mt 13:41; 1J 3:4b; 1 Cl 16:10 (Is 53:9). βδέλυγμα καὶ ψεῦδος Rv 21:27. τὸ πονηρὸν τοῦτο GJs 13:1; cp. 13:2; 15:3f; ταῦτα 15:2. τὰ μὴ καθήκοντα Ro 1:28. ὸ̔ οὐκ ἔξεστιν Mk 2:24; cp. Mt 12:2.
    The manner of action is more definitely indicated by means of an adv. (Jos., C. Ap. 2, 51). καλῶς ποιεῖν do good or well Mt 12:12; 1 Cor 7:37, 38a (ApcMos 17). κρεῖσσον π. 7:38b; Js 2:8 (s. 5d below), 19; φρονίμως π. act wisely Lk 16:8; π. οὕτως do so (Chariton 8, 6, 4 ποιήσομεν οὕτως=this is the way we will proceed; JosAs 10:20; ApcMos 40; Mel., P. 13, 82) Mt 24:46; Lk 9:15; 12:43; J 14:31 (καθὼς … οὕτως π.); Ac 12:8; 1 Cor 16:1; Js 2:12; B 12:7; GJs 7:2. π. ὡσαύτως proceed in the same way Mt 20:5; ὁμοίως π. Lk 3:11; 10:37b. ὥσπερ οἱ ὑποκριταὶ ποιοῦσιν as the dissemblers do Mt 6:2b. καθὼς ποιεῖτε 1 Th 5:11.—ποιεῖν foll. by a clause beginning w. ὡς: ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν he did as (the angel) had ordered Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19. Or the clause begins w. καθώς Mt 21:6; J 13:15b (TestJob 7:9). For GJs 17:1 s. 5e.
    The manner of the action is more definitely indicated by a prepositional expr. ποιεῖν κατά τι do or act in accordance w. someth. (SIG 915, 13 π. κατὰ τὰς συνθήκας; 1016, 6; PLille 4, 6; 22 [III B.C.]; BGU 998 II, 12 [II B.C.] π. κατὰ τὰ προγεγραμμένα) κατὰ τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν as they do Mt 23:3b.—Lk 2:27. Also π. πρός τι: πρὸς τὸ θέλημα 12:47.
    to do someth. to others or someth., do someth. to/with, of behavior involving others, π. τι w. some indication of the pers. (or thing) with whom someth. is done; the action may result to the advantage or disadvantage of this person:
    neutral π. τί τινα do someth. with someone (double acc. as Demosth. 23, 194 τὶ ποιεῖν ἀγαθὸν τὴν πόλιν) τί ποιήσω Ἰησοῦν; what shall I do with Jesus? Mt 27:22. τί οὖν αὐτὴν ποιήσωμεν; what, then, shall I do about (Mary)? GJs 8:2; cp. 14:1; 17:1. τί ποιήσεις τὸν ἀγρόν; what will you do with the land? Hs 1:4 (ParJer 3:9 τί θέλει ποιήσω τὰ ἅγια σκεύη). Cp. Mk 15:12.—B-D-F §157, 1; Rob. 484.—Neutral is also the expr. π. τί τινι do someth. to someone J 9:26; 12:16; 13:12; Ac 4:16. Likew. the passive form of the familiar saying of Jesus ὡς ποιεῖτε, οὕτω ποιηθήσεται ὑμῖν as you do (whether it be good or ill), it will be done to you 1 Cl 13:2.
    to someone’s advantage: π. τί τινι (Diod S 18, 51, 3; TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 19 [Stone p. 80]; ParJer 3:12; ApcMos 3): ὅσα ἐὰν θέλητε ἵνα ποιῶσιν ὑμῖν οἱ ἄνθρωποι Mt 7:12a. τί θέλετε ποιήσω ὑμῖν; what do you want me to do for you? Mt 20:32.—25:40; cp. vs. 45; Mk 5:19f; 7:12; 10:35f, 51; Lk 1:49; 8:39ab; J 13:15a.—π. τι εἴς τινα 1 Th 4:10. π. τι μετά τινος (B-D-F §227, 3, add. reff. B-D-R) Ac 14:27; 15:4 (TestJob 1:4; on the constr. w. μετά s. 3b above and cp. BGU 798, 7; 948, 8).
    to someone’s disadvantage: π. τί τινι (Gen 20:9; JosAs 28:10 μὴ ποιήσητε αὐτοῖς κακόν; ApcMos 42) τί ποιήσει τοῖς γεωργοῖς; what will he do to the vine-dressers? Mt 21:40.—Mk 9:13; Lk 6:11; 20:15; Ac 9:13; Hb 13:6 (Ps 117:6); GJs 9:2.—π. τι εἴς τινα (PSI 64, 20; 22 [I B.C.] μηδὲ ποιήσειν εἰς σὲ φάρμακα) J 15:21. π. τι ἔν τινι Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31.
    w. dat. and adv. ἐποίησαν αὐτοῖς ὡσαύτως they treated them in the same way Mt 21:36. οὕτως μοι πεποίηκεν κύριος the Lord has dealt thus with me Lk 1:25; cp. 2:48; Mt 18:35. εὖ ποιεῖν τινι Mk 14:7. καλῶς π. τινι Mt 5:44 v.l.; Lk 6:27. ὁμοίως π. τινι 6:31b.—In a condensed colloquialism (ποιεῖν) καθὼς ἐποίει αὐτοῖς (to do) as he was accustomed to do for them Mk 15:8 (s. εὐποιί̈α 1).
    w. dat. and prep. κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ ἐποίουν τοῖς προφήταις οἱ πατέρες αὐτῶν Lk 6:23; cp. vs. 26.
    do, make, with variations in specialized expressions
    get or gain someth. for oneself, provide oneself with someth. ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς βαλλάντια Lk 12:33; φίλους 16:9 (cp. X., An. 5, 5, 12 φίλον ποιεῖσθαί τινα).—Without a dat. Ἰησοῦς μαθητὰς ποιεῖ Jesus was gaining disciples J 4:1.
    of mental construction assume, suppose, take as an example (Hdt. et al.) w. double acc. (Pla., Theaet. 197d) ποιήσατε τὸ δένδρον καλόν suppose the tree is good Mt 12:33a; cp. vs. 33b.
    w. an acc. of time spend, stay (Anth. 11, 330; PSI 362, 15 [251/250 B.C.]; UPZ 70, 21; PFlor 137, 7 [III A.D.] ἡμέραν, ἥν ποιεῖ ἐκεῖ; PGen 54, 18 τρεῖς ἡμέρας; Pr 13:23; Ec 6:12; Tob. 10:7 BA; TestJob 20:5; 31:4; ParJer 6:16; ApcMos 37 ὥρας τρεῖς; Jos. Ant. 6, 18 μῆνας τέσσαρας; cp. our colloquial ‘do time’. Demosth. 19, 163 and Pla., Phileb. 50d are wrongly cited in this connection, as shown by WSchulze, Graeca Latina 1901, 23f) χρόνον (Dionys. Hal. 4, 66; ParJer 7:33; ApcMos 31) Ac 15:33; 18:23. μῆνας τρεῖς 20:3. τρεῖς μῆνας GJs 12:3. νυχθήμερον 2 Cor 11:25. ἐνιαυτόν Js 4:13 (TestJob 21:1 ἔτη).
    καλῶς ποιεῖν w. ptc. foll. do well if, do well to, as a formula somet.= please (s. καλῶς 4a and cp. SIG 561, 6f καλῶς ποιήσειν τοὺς πολίτας προσδεξαμένους; UPZ 110, 11 [164 B.C.]; POxy 300, 5 [I A.D.]; 525, 7; Hdt. 5, 24 εὖ ἐποίησας ἀφικόμενος; SIG 598e, 8f) Ac 10:33; Phil 4:14; 2 Pt 1:19; 3J 6; GEg 252, 53.—Sim. καλῶς ποιεῖν, εἰ … Js 2:8 (cp. PPetr II, 11 [1], 1 καλῶς ποιεῖς εἰ ἔρρωσαι).
    αὕτη ἡ ἡμέρα κυρίου ποιήσει ὡς βούλεται this day of the Lord will turn out as (the Lord) wills GJs 17:1 (deStrycker cites Mt 6:34 for the construction); if the accentuation αὐτή is adopted, render: the day of the Lord shall itself bring things about as (the Lord) wills.
    to be active in some way, work, be active, abs. (X., An. 1, 5, 8; Ruth 2:19) w. acc. of time (Socrat., Ep. 14, 8 ποιήσας ἡμέρας τριάκοντα) μίαν ὥραν ἐποίησαν they have worked for only one hour Mt 20:12a. ποιῆσαι μῆνας be active for months Rv 13:5.—Somet. it is not a general action or activity that is meant, but the doing of someth. quite definite. The acc. belonging to it is easily supplied fr. the context: λέγουσιν καὶ οὐ ποιοῦσιν they say (it), but do not do or keep (it) Mt 23:3c (the contrast is not betw. speaking [λαλεῖν] and acting in general).—2 Cor 8:10f (s. Betz, 2 Cor p. 64); 1 Th 5:24.
    make/do someth. for oneself or of oneself mid.
    mostly as a periphrasis of the simple verbal idea (s. 2d) ἀναβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι Ac 25:17 (s. ἀναβολή). ἐκβολὴν ποιεῖσθαι 27:18 (s. ἐκβολή); αὔξησιν π. Eph 4:16; δέησιν or δεήσεις π. Lk 5:33; Phil 1:4; 1 Ti 2:1 (s. δέησις). διαλογισμοὺς π. 1 Cl 21:3; τὰς διδασκαλίας Papias (2:15); τὴν ἕνωσιν π. IPol 5:2; ἐπιστροφὴν π. 1 Cl 1:1 (ἐπιστροφή 1); καθαρισμὸν π. Hb 1:3 (καθαρισμός 2). κοινωνίαν Ro 15:26. κοπετόν Ac 8:2 v.l.; λόγον (Isocr., Ep. 2, 2; Just., D. 1, 3 al.) 1:1; 11:2 D; 20:24 v.l. (on these three passages s. λόγος: 1b; 1aγ and 1aα, end). μνείαν Ro 1:9; Eph 1:16; 1 Th 1:2; Phlm 4 (μνεία 2). μνήμην 2 Pt 1:15 (s. μνήμη 1). μονήν J 14:23 (μονή 1). νουθέτησιν 1 Cl 56:2 (Just., A I, 67, 4). ὁμιλίαν IPol 5:1 (ὁμιλία 2). ποιεῖσθαι τὴν παραβολήν AcPlCor 2:28. πορείαν π. (=πορεύεσθαι; cp. X., An. 5, 6, 11, Cyr. 5, 2, 31; Plut., Mor. 571e; Jos., Vi. 57; 2 Macc 3:8; 12:10; Ar. 4, 2) Lk 13:22. πρόνοιαν π. make provision, care (Isocr. 4, 2 and 136; Demosth., Prooem. 16; Ps.-Demosth. 47, 80; Polyb. 4, 6, 11; Dion. Hal. 5, 46; Aelian, VH 12, 56. Oft. in ins and pap [esp. of civic-minded people]; Da 6:19 προν. ποιούμενος αὐτοῦ; Jos., Bell. 4, 317, C. Ap. 1, 9; Ar. 13, 2) Ro 13:14; Papias (2:15). προσκλίσεις π. 1 Cl 47:3; σπουδὴν π. be eager (Hdt. 1, 4; 5, 30 πᾶσαν σπουδὴν ποιούμενος; 9, 8; Pla., Euthyd. 304e, Leg. 1, 628e; Isocr. 5, 45 πᾶσαν τὴν σπ.̀ περὶ τούτου ποιεῖσθαι; Polyb. 1, 46, 2 al.; Diod S 1, 75, 1; Plut., Mor. 4e; SIG 539A, 15f; 545, 14 τὴν πᾶσαν σπ.̀ ποιούμενος; PHib 71, 9 [III B.C.] τ. πᾶσαν σπ. ποίησαι; 44, 8) Jd 3. συνελεύσεις ποιεῖσθαι come together, meet 1 Cl 20:10 (Just., A I, 67, 7). συνωμοσίαν ποιεῖσθαι form a conspiracy (Polyb. 1, 70, 6; Herodian 7, 4, 3; SIG 526, 16) Ac 23:13.—Cp. use of the act. 2d.
    w. double acc., of the obj. and pred. (Lucian, Prom. Es in Verb. 6 σεμνοτάτας ἐποιεῖτο τὰς συνουσίας; GDI 4629, II, 22; 25 [Laconia]; Jos., Ant. 2, 263; s. 2hβ) βεβαίαν τὴν κλῆσιν ποιεῖσθαι make the calling certain 2 Pt 1:10. οὐδενὸς λόγου ποιοῦμαι τὴν ψυχὴν τιμίαν ἐμαυτῷ I don’t consider my life as something of value for myself Ac 20:24. Cp. use of the act. 2hβ.—B. 538. Cp. πράσσω. Schmidt, Syn. I 397–423. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ποιέω

  • 17 ὁδός

    ὁδός, οῦ, ἡ (Hom.+) gener. an established ‘way’ or ‘course’ such as a road or channel of a river.
    a way for traveling or moving from one place to another, way, road, highway, used by pers. or impers. entities: Mt 2:12; 21:8ab; Mk 11:8; Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4 v.l.); 19:36 al.; ἑτέρα ὁδ. Js 2:25. ἡ ὁδ. ἡ Καμπανή=Lat. Via Campana the Campanian Way Hv 4, 1, 2 (s. MDibelius, Hdb. ad loc.; Hülsen, Pauly-W. III 1434); described as ἡ ὁδ. ἡ δημοσία the public highway ibid. (s. δημόσιος 1). τὴν βασιλικήν AcPl Ant 13 (τὴν β. ὁδόν Aa I 237, 4). ἡ ὁδ. ἡ καταβαίνουσα ἀπὸ Ἰερουσαλὴμ εἰς Γάζαν Ac 8:26. παρέρχεσθαι διὰ τῆς ὁδ. pass by (a certain place) on the road Mt 8:28 (on διὰ τ. ὁδ. cp. Philo, Abr. 269; ParJer 3:21). πίπτειν εἰς τὴν ὁδ. fall on the road Hv 3, 7, 1a. ἔρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν ὁδ., μένειν ἐν τῇ ὁδ. v 3, 2, 9a. κυλίεσθαι ἐκ τῆς ὁδ. roll off the road 3, 2, 9b and 3, 7, 1b. Of a fig tree ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ by the roadside Mt 21:19. Of beggars καθῆσθαι παρὰ τὴν ὁδ. sit by the roadside 20:30; Mk 10:46; Lk 18:35 (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Εὔτρησις: κώμη … κεῖται παρὰ τὴν ὁδόν), but along the way also merits attention (cp. παρὰ τὰς ὁδούς Antig. Car. 29). Of seed that is sown πίπτειν παρὰ τὴν ὁδ. fall along the road (Dalman, PJ 22, 1926, 121ff) Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; Lk 8:5; cp. Mt 13:19; Mk 4:15; Lk 8:12. ἐξέρχεσθαι εἰς τὰς ὁδ. go out into the streets Mt 22:10; Lk 14:23; for διεξόδους τῶν ὁδ. Mt 22:9 s. διέξοδος; καταβαίνειν ἐν τῇ ὁδ. go down the road Lk 10:31. πορεύεσθαι κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. go on along the highway Ac 8:36. AcPl Ant 13, 20 (sc. ὁδόν after AcPlTh 3=Aa I 237, 4). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ ᾗ ἤρχου (by attraction for ἣν ἤρ.; X., An. 2, 2, 10) 9:17. ἑτοιμάζειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος prepare someone’s way Mt 3:3; Mk 1:3; Lk 3:4 (all after Is 40:3); cp. Lk 1:76 and for the pass. Rv 16:12. Also κατασκευάζειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος Mt 11:10; Mk 1:2; Lk 7:27. εὐθύνειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος J 1:23. κατευθύνειν τὴν ὁδ. τινος 1 Th 3:11 (PsSol 8:6).—W. obj. gen. to indicate direction (Gen 3:24) Mt 10:5 (s. 3a below); Hb 9:8.—The acc. ὁδόν, following the Hebr.דֶּרֶךְ, and contrary to customary Gk. usage (but single cases of ὁδός take on the functions of adverbs or prepositions in the Gk. language as well: cp. Diog. L. 7, 156; Synes., Providence 1, 8 ὁδῷ βαδίζειν=‘go straight forward’; Appian, Hann. 47 §201 ὁδὸν ἐλάσσονα by a shorter [or the shortest] way; Plut., Mor. 371c.—The nearest parallel to the NT usage cited below would be the report of Diog. L. 9, 8 concerning Heraclitus: τὴν μεταβολὴν ὁδὸν ἄνω κάτω γίνεσθαι, if it might be translated: ‘Change [in the universe] is accomplished in an upward and downward direction’.) is used as a prep. toward (Dt 11:30; 3 Km 8:48; 18:43 ὁδὸν τῆς θαλάσσης. Cp. B-D-F §161, 1) ὁδ. θαλάσσης toward the sea Mt 4:15 (Is 8:23 LXX, Aq., Sym.).—LCasson, Travel in the Ancient World ’74; OEANE IV 431–34.
    the action of traveling, way, trip, journey, transf. sense of 1 (Hes., Theogon. 754; X., Mem. 3, 13, 5; Herodian 2, 11, 1; JosAs 9:4 al.; Just., D. 85, 5) εἰς (τὴν) ὁδ. for the trip/journey (Jos., Ant. 12, 198) Mt 10:10; Mk 6:8; Lk 9:3; on the way Mk 10:17. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way (Gen 45:24; Jos., Ant. 6, 55; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 2, end) Mt 15:32; 20:17; Mk 8:3, 27; 9:33f; 10:52; Lk 9:57; 12:58; 24:32; Ac 9:27. τὰ ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ what had happened to them on the way Lk 24:35. εἶναι ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ Mt 5:25; Mk 10:32. ἐξ ὁδοῦ from a trip (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 91 §418; Damasc., Vi. Isid. 203 p. 138, 8 W.; Jos., Vi. 246; 248 ἐκ τ. ὁδοῦ) Lk 11:6. ἔκαμνον ἐκ τῆς ὁδοῦ GJs 15:1. κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. along the way (Arrian, Anab. 1, 26, 5; 3, 19, 3; PKöln VI, 245, 20 καθʼ ὁδόν ‘on my way’; Jos., Ant. 8, 404; Ps.-Clem., Hom. 10, 2) 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. ἀνὰ μέσον τῆς ὁδοῦ halfway GJs 17:3. τ. ὁδὸν αὐτοῦ πορεύεσθαι go on his way Ac 8:39 (cp. X., Cyr. 5, 2, 22; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 2 [Stone p. 60]). πορεύεσθαι τῇ ὁδῷ 1 Cl 12:4. ὁδὸν ποιεῖν make one’s way (Judg 17:8) Mk 2:23; s. ὁδοποιέω.—σαββάτου ὁδός a Sabbath day’s trip could also belong under 1; it signified the distance an Israelite might travel on the Sabbath, two thousand paces or cubits (=about 800 meters.—Mishnah: ˓Erubin 4, 3; 7; 5, 7; Origen, Princ. 4, 17; Schürer II 472f; 484f; Billerb. II 590–94; Moore, Judaism II 32) Ac 1:12. ἡμέρας ὁδός a day’s trip Lk 2:44 (Diod S 19, 17, 3; Appian, Samn. 1 §5; Polyaenus 7, 21, 1; Lucian, Syr. Dea 9; Procop., Aed. 6, 1, 12; cp. Hdt. 4, 101; X., Cyr. 1, 1, 3 παμπόλλων ἡμερῶν ὁδός; Ael. Aristid. 36, 87 K.=48 p. 473 D.: τριῶν ἡμ. ὁδ.; Gen 30:36; 31:23; Ex 3:18; Jdth 2:21; 1 Macc 5:24; 7:45; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 5 Jac.; Jos., Ant. 15, 293).
    course of behavior, way, way of life, fig. ext. of 1 and 2, but oft. w. the picture prominently in mind (SibOr 3, 233; ὁδὸς τις γίνεται one finds a way (out) Did., Gen. 228, 7).
    way εἰς ὁδ. ἐθνῶν μὴ ἀπέλθητε do not go in the way of the Gentiles i.e. do not turn to the Gentiles Mt 10:5 (but s. 1.—JJeremias, Jesu Verheissung für d. Völker, ’56). εὐρύχωρος ἡ ὁδ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ἀπώλειαν 7:13 (Pla., Gorg. 524a τὼ ὁδώ, ἡ μὲν εἰς μακάρων νήσους, ἡ δʼ εἰς Τάρταρον). Also ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ἀπωλείας ApcPt 1:1; ἡ τοῦ μέλανος ὁδ. 20:1. ἡ τοῦ θανάτου ὁδ. (Herm. Wr. 1, 29) D 5:1. Cp. 1:1 (on this Jer 21:8; TestAsh 1:3, 5 ὁδοὶ δύο, καλοῦ κ. κακοῦ; SibOr 8, 399 ὁδοὶ δύο, ζωῆς θανάτου τε; Ael. Aristid. 30 p. 577 D.: δυοῖν ὁδοῖν τὴν μὲν … τὴν δέ.—The two ὁδοί of Heracles: X., Mem. 2, 1, 21ff; Maximus Tyr. 14, 1a; e; k). ὁδ. σκότους 5:4b. Description of the way B 20; D 5:1ff. τεθλιμμένη ἡ ὁδ. ἡ ἀπάγουσα εἰς τὴν ζωήν Mt 7:14 (TestAbr A 2 p. 88, 28 [Stone p. 4]). Also ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ζωῆς D 1:2. ἡ ὁδ. τοῦ φωτός 19:1. Description of the way B 19; D 1–4. ὁδ. εἰρήνης Lk 1:79; Ro 3:17 (Is 59:8; Ps 13:3). ὁδ. ζωῆς Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11); cp. D 1:2 above. ὁδ. σωτηρίας Ac 16:17. ὁδ. πρόσφατος κ. ζῶσα Hb 10:20. ὁδ. δικαιοσύνης B 1:4; 5:4a (in these two pass. the imagery of ‘way’ is stronger than in Mt 21:32 and 2 Pt 2:21, on the latter two pass. s. below in b). Of love ὁδ. ἡ ἀναφέρουσα εἰς θεόν IEph 9:1 (cp. Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 6 [Christ as teacher of the ‘way’]). αὕτη ἡ ὁδ. ἐν ᾗ εὕρομεν τὸ σωτήριον ἡμῶν 1 Cl 36:1.—Christ calls himself ἡ ὁδ. (i.e., to God) J 14:6, cp. 4f (s. Orig., C. Cels. 6, 66, 28; cp. Iren. 1, 15, 2 [Harv. I 149, 6].—Hdb. and Bultmann [p. 466ff—Engl. 603ff w. other lit.]; JPascher, Η ΒΑΣΙΛΙΚΗ ΟΔΟΣ; D. Königsweg. z. Wiedergeb. u. Vergottung b. Philon v. Alex. ’31).
    way of life, way of acting, conduct (Did., Gen. 168, 8) (ἡ) ὁδ. (τῆς) δικαιοσύνης (Pr 21:16, 21; Job 24:13); En 99:10; Mt 21:32 (ἐν ὁδῷ δικ. [cp. Pr 8:20] denotes either the way of life practiced by the Baptist [Zahn; OHoltzmann] or the type of conduct he demanded [described in Just., D. 38, 2 as ἡ τοῦ βαπτίσματο ὁδ.; cp. HHoltzmann; BWeiss; JWeiss; EKlostermann; Schniewind]. S. JKleist, CBQ 8, ’46, 192–96); 2 Pt 2:21. τῇ ὁδ. αὐτοῦ ἐπλανήθη he went astray in his path (=‘in his conduct’) 1 Cl 16:6 (Is 53:6). ἐκ πλάνης ὁδοῦ αὐτοῦ from his misguided way of life Js 5:20. ἡ ὁδ. τῆς ἀληθείας (Ps 118:30) vs. 19 v.l. (cp. 2 Pt 2:2 in c below); 1 Cl 35:5. ἀφιέναι τὴν ὁδ. τὴν ἀληθινήν Hv 3, 7, 1. τῇ ὁδ. τοῦ Κάϊν πορεύεσθαι follow the way of Cain Jd 11. ὁδ. δικαίων, ἀσεβῶν 11:7 (Ps 1:6). (ἡ) ὁδ. (ἡ) δικαία (Jos., Ant. 13, 290) 12:4; 2 Cl 5:7. τὸ δίκαιον ὀρθὴν ὁδ. ἔχει the way of righteousness is a straight one Hm 6, 1, 2. τῇ ὀρθῇ ὁδ. πορεύεσθαι ibid.; cp. 6, 1, 4 (Just., D. 8, 2). Opp. ἡ στρεβλὴ ὁδ. the crooked way 6, 1, 3. θέωμεν τὴν ὁδ. τὴν εὐθεῖαν let us run the straight course 2 Cl 7:3; cp. 2 Pt 2:15. Of life in association w. polytheists αὕτη ἡ ὁδ. ἡδυτέρα αὐτοῖς ἐφαίνετο Hs 8, 9, 1. The basic mng. has disappeared to such a degree that one can speak of καρποὶ τῆς ὁδ. 1 Cl 57:6 (Pr 1:31) and ἔργα τῆς πονηρᾶς ὁδ. 4:10.—Pl. ways, of one’s total conduct Ac 14:16; Ro 3:16 (Is 59:7; Ps 13:3a; PsSol 6:2; 10:4 al.; ApcSed 15:5); Js 1:8; Hv 2, 2, 6. Esp. of the ways of God, referring either to the ways that God initiates: ὡς … ἀνεξιχνίαστοι αἱ ὁδ. αὐτοῦ how inscrutable are his ways Ro 11:33; δίκαιαι καὶ ἀληθιναὶ αἱ ὁδ. σου Rv 15:3; αἱ ὁδ. τῆς εὐλογίας the ways of blessing 1 Cl 31:1; or to the ways that humans should take: οὐκ ἔγνωσαν τὰς ὁδ. μου Hb 3:10 (Ps 94:10). διαστρέφειν τὰς ὁδοὺς τοῦ κυρίου Ac 13:10. διδάσκειν τὰς ὁδ. σου 1 Cl 18:13 (Ps 50:15). Likew. the sing. τὴν ὁδ. τοῦ θεοῦ ἐν ἀληθείᾳ διδάσκειν Mt 22:16; cp. Mk 12:14; Lk 20:21. ἀφιέναι τὴν ὁδ. τοῦ θεοῦ ApcPt 20:34. παρέβησαν ἐκ τῆς ὁδ. 1 Cl 53:2 (Ex 32:8).
    of the whole way of life fr. a moral and spiritual viewpoint, the way, teaching in the most comprehensive sense (Lucian, Hermot. 46 ὁδ. of the doctrine of a philosophical school Just., D. 39, 2 ἀπολείποντας τήν ὁδ. τῆς πλάνης; 142, 3 διὰ ταύτης τῆς ὁδοῦ), and specif. of teaching and manner of life relating to Jesus Christ (SMcCasland, JBL 77, ’58, 222–30: Qumran parallels) κατὰ τὴν ὁδ. ἣν λέγουσιν αἵρεσιν according to the Way, which they call a (heterodox) sect Ac 24:14. ἐάν τινας εὕρῃ τῆς ὁδ. ὄντας if he should find people who belonged to the Way 9:2. ὁδ. κυρίου, θεοῦ of teaching relating to Jesus and God’s purpose 18:25f. κακολογεῖν τὴν ὁδ. ἐνώπιον τοῦ πλήθους 19:9. ταύτην τὴν ὁδ. διώκειν persecute this religion 22:4. ἐγένετο τάραχος περὶ τῆς ὁδ. there arose a disturbance concerning the Way 19:23. τὰ περὶ τῆς ὁδ. (the things) concerning the teaching 24:22. ἡ ὁδὸς τ. ἀληθείας of the true Christian teaching (in contrast to that of dissidents vs. 1) 2 Pt 2:2 (OdeSol 11:3). Of the way of love καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὁδ. a far better way 1 Cor 12:31. ἡ ὁδ. τῆς δικαιοσύνης ApcPt 7:22; 13:28. Likew. the pl. (En 104:13 μαθεῖν ἐξ αὐτῶν [τ. βίβλων] πάσας τ. ὁδοὺς τῆς ἀληθείας) τὰς ὁδούς μου ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησου my Christian directives (i.e. instructions, teachings) 1 Cor 4:17.—OBecker, D. Bild des Weges u. verwandte Vorstellungen im frühgriech. Denken ’37; FNötscher, Gotteswege u. Menschenwege in d. Bibel u. in Qumran, ’58; ERepo, D. Weg als Selbstbezeichnung des Urchr., ’64 (but s. CBurchard, Der 13te Zeuge, ’70, 43, n. 10; JPathrapankal, Christianity as a ‘Way’ according to the Acts of the Apostles: Les Actes des Apôtres, Traditions, redaction, théologie, ed. JKremer ’79, 533–39 [reflects Is 40:3 and the emphasis on דרך in CD and 1QS: the ‘dynamism of Christianity’ is ‘Way of Life’]).—B. 717; 720. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁδός

  • 18 ὡς

    ὡς:—Summary:
    A as ADVERB of Manner.
    Aa ὧς and ὥς (with accent), so, thus.
    Ab ὡς (without accent) of the Relat. Pron. ὅς, as.
    Acὡς Relat. and Interrog., how.
    Ad ὡς temporal, when.
    Ae ὡς Local, where,
    B ὡς, as CONJUNCTION.
    C, D various usages.
    A ADVERB of Manner:
    Aa [full] ὥς, Demonstr., = οὕτως, so, thus, freq. in Hom., Il.1.33, al.;

    ὢς εἶπ' Sapph.Supp.20

    a.11 (Epic style); in [dialect] Ion. Prose, Hdt.3.13, al.; rare in [dialect] Att., and almost confined to certain phrases, v. infr. 2, 3; ὥς simply = οὕτως, A.Ag. 930, Th.3.37, Pl.Prt. 338a;

    ἀλλ' ὣς γενέσθω E.Hec. 888

    , al.
    2 καὶ ὧς even so, nevertheless, Il.1.116, al.; οὐδ' ὧς not even so, 7.263, Od.1.6, al., Hdt.6.76;

    οὐδέ κεν ὧς Il.9.386

    : the phrases καὶ ὧς, οὐδ' ὧς, μηδ' ὧς, are used in Trag. and [dialect] Att., S.Ant. 1042, Th.1.74, 7.74; also later, PCair.Zen.19.10 (iii B. C., unaccented), UPZ146.40 (ii B. C.), GDI 1832.11 (Delph., ii B. C.), IG22.850.17 (iii B. C.);

    κἂν ὧς, εἴπερ μέλει σοι, ἀπόστειλόν μοί τινα POxy.120.11

    (iv A. D.);

    δουλεύων καθὼς καὶ ὧς GDI2160

    (Delph., ii B. C.); Thess.

    καὶ οὗς IG9(2).234.1

    (iii B. C.); for this phrase the accentuation ὧς is prescribed by Hdn.Gr.2.932, al., cf. A.D.Synt.307.16, and is found in good Mss. of Homer; for the remaining uses under this head (Aa. 1, 3, 4 ) the accentuation ὥς is prescribed by the same grammarians.
    3 in Comparisons, ὥς.., ὡς .., so.. as.., etc.; and reversely ὡς.., ὣς .., as.. so, Il.1.512, 14.265, etc.; in [dialect] Att., Pl.R. 530d; also ὥς τε.. ὣς .., as.. thus.., h.Cer. 174-6, E.Ba. 1066-8;

    οἷα.. ὥς Id.El. 151

    -5; ὥσπερ.., ὣς δὲ .. (in apodosi) Pl.Prt. 326d.
    4 thus, for instance, Od.5.129, h.Ven. 218; ὥς shd. be accented in Od.5.121, 125.
    Ab [full] ὡς, Relat., as, Hom., etc.; prop. relat. to a demonstr. Adv., which is freq. omitted, κινήθη δ' ἀγορὴ ὡς κύματα μακρὰ θαλάσσης, i. e. οὕτως, ὡς .., Il.2.144 (

    φὴ Zenod.

    ): it is relat. not only to the regular demonstr. Advs. ὥς (ὧς), τώς, ὧδε, οὕτως, αὕτως, but also to ταύτῃ, Pl.R. 365d, etc. We find a collat. [dialect] Dor. form (q. v.); cf. ὥτε. Usage:
    I in similes, freq. in Hom., Il.5.161, al.; longer similes are commonly introduced by

    ὡς ὅτε, ὡς δ' ὅτε, ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε πύργος [ἤριπε] 4.462

    :

    ἤριπε δ', ὡς ὅτε τις δρῦς ἤριπε 13.389

    , cf. 2.394; so later, Emp.84.1, etc.;

    ὡς ὅτε θαητὸν μέγαρον, πάξομεν Pi.O.6.2

    : ὡς ὅτε is rare in short similes, Od.11.368: ὡς is folld. by indic. [tense] pres., Il.9.4, 16.364: also by [tense] aor., 3.33 sq., 4.275, 16.823, al.; also by subj. [tense] pres. or [tense] aor., 5.161, 10.183, 485, 13.334 (sts. ὡς δ' ὅτ' ἄν, 11.269, 17.520); cf. ὥστε A:—the Verb is sts. omitted with ὡς, but may be supplied from the context, ἐνδούπησε πεσοῦσ', ὡς εἰναλίη κήξ (sc. πίπτει) Od.15.479, cf. 6.20;

    θεὸς δ' ὣς τίετο δήμῳ Il.5.78

    ;

    οἱ δὲ φέβοντο.., βόες ὣς ἀγελαῖαι Od.22.299

    : where ὡς follows the noun to which it refers, it takes the accent; so in Com.,

    Ἀριστόδημος ὥς Cratin.151

    , cf. Eub.75.6; v. infr. H.
    2 like as, just as,

    ὡς οὗτος κατὰ τέκν' ἔφαγε.., ὣς ἡμεῖς κτλ. Il.2.326

    , v. supr. Aa. 3.
    3 sts. in the sense as much as or according as, ἑλὼν κρέας ὥς (i. e. ὅσον)

    οἱ χεῖρες ἐχάνδανον Od.17.344

    ; ὦκα δὲ μητρὶ ἔννεπον ὡς (i. e. ὅσα)

    εἶδόν τε καὶ ἔκλυον h.Cer. 172

    ;

    τῶν πάντων οὐ τόσσον ὀδύρομαι.. ὡς ἑνός Od.4.105

    ;

    τόσον.. ὡς Il.4.130

    ; so in Trag.,

    σοὶ θεοὶ πόροιεν ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω S.OC 1124

    ;

    ὡς ἐγὼ οὐκ ἔστιν ὑμῶν ὅστις ἐξ ἴσου νοσεῖ Id.OT60

    ; in Prose, ὡς δύναται as much as he can, Democr.278;

    τὸ ῥῆμα μέμνημαι ὡς εἶπε Aeschin.3.72

    ; ὡς μή = ὅσον μή, νέμεν ὅτι ἃν ( = ἂν)

    βόλητοι ὡς μὴ ἰν τοῖ περιχώροι IG5(2).3.9

    (Tegea, iv B. C.); cf. Ab. 11.2 infr.
    4 sts. after [comp] Comp., compared with, hence than, μᾶλλον πρέπει οὕτως ὡς .. Pl.Ap. 36d;

    ἅ γε μείζω πόνον παρέχει.. οὐκ ἂν ῥᾳδίως οὐδὲ πολλὰ ἂν εὕροις ὡς τοῦτο Id.R. 526c

    ; οὐδενὸς μᾶλλον φροντίζειν ὡς .. Plb.3.12.5, cf. 7.4.5, 11.2.9, Plu.Cor.36: μᾶσσον ὡς is dub. in A.Pr. 629, and <ἢ> shd. perh. be inserted in Lys.7.12,31; cf. ὥσπερ IV.
    II with Adverbial clauses:
    1 parenthetically, in qualifying clauses, ὡς ἔοικε, etc., Pl. Smp. 176c, etc.: in these cases γε or γοῦν is freq. added, ὡς γοῦν ὁ λόγος σημαίνει as at any rate the argument shows, Id.R. 334a; in some phrases c. inf., v. infr. B. 11.3. An anacoluthon sts. occurs by the Verb of the principal clause being made dependent on the parenthetic Verb, ὡς δὲ Σκύθαι λέγουσι, νεώτατον ἁπάντων ἐθνέων εἶναι (for ἦν)

    τὸ σφέτερον Hdt.4.5

    , cf. 1.65;

    ὡς ἐγὼ ἤκουσα, εἶναι αὐτόν Id.4.76

    ; ὡς γὰρ.. ἤκουσά τινος, ὅτι .. X.An.6.4.18 codd.; ἁνὴρ ὅδ' ὡς ἔοικεν οὐ νεμεῖν (for οὐ νεμεῖ, ὡς ἔοικε), S.Tr. 1238.
    2 in elliptical phrases, so far as.. (cf. supr. Ab.1.3)

    ὡς ἐμοί Id.Aj. 395

    (lyr.); so

    ὥς γε ἐμοὶ κριτῇ Ael.VH2.41

    and

    ὥς γ' ἐμοὶ χρῆσθαι κριτῇ E.Alc. 801

    ;

    ὡς ἐμῇ δόξῃ X.Vect.5.2

    ; ὡς ἀπ' ὀμμάτων (sc. εἰκάσαι) to judge by eyesight, S.OC15: esp. in such phrases as

    οὐκέτι πολλὸν χωρίον, ὡς εἶναι Αἰγύπτου Hdt.2.8

    ; οὐδὲ ἀδύνατος, ὡς Αακεδαιμόνιος for a Lacedaemonian, Th.4.84, cf. D.H.10.31;

    ὡς ἀνθρώποις Alcmaeon 1

    ; φρονεῖ.. ὡς γυνὴ μέγα for a woman, S.OT 1078; πιστός, ὡς νομεύς, ἀνήρ ib. 1118;

    μακρὰν ὡς γέροντι.. ὁδόν Id.OC20

    , cf. 385, Ant.62, etc.;

    ὡπλισμένοι ὡς ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσιν ἱκανῶς X.An.4.3.31

    ; also with

    ἄν, μεγάλα ἐκτήσατο χρήματα, ὡς ἂν εἶναι Ῥοδῶπιν Hdt.2.135

    codd. (ἂν secl. Krüger, Ῥοδώπιος cj. Valck.):—for ὡς εἰπεῖν and the like , v. infr. B. 11.3.
    3 ὡς attached to the object of the Verb, as,

    ἑωυτὸν ὡς ἐχθρὸν λυπέει Democr.88

    ;

    ἔλαβεν ἀμφοτέρους ὡς φίλους ἤδη X.Cyr.3.2.25

    ;

    ἐν οἰκήματι ᾧ ὡς ταμιείῳ ἐχρῆτο Pl.Prt. 315d

    .— For the similar usage of ὡς with Participles and Prepositions, v. infr. c.
    III with Adverbs:
    a with the Posit.,

    ὡς ἀληθῶς

    truly,

    Pl.Phdr. 234e

    (cf.

    ἀληθής 111.1b

    : as if Adv. of τὸ ἀληθές) ; ὡς ἑτέρως in the other way, ib. 276c, D.18.212 (Adv. of ὁ ἕτερος; v. ἕτερος v. 2) (v. infr. D.1.1); ὡς ἠπίως, ὡς ἐτητύμως, S.El. 1438 (lyr.), 1452;

    ὡς ὁμοίως SIG708.34

    (Istropolis, ii B. C.), LXX 4 Ma.5.21, 1 Enoch5.3, IG7.2725.16 (Acraeph., ii A. D.);

    ὡς ἐναλλάξ Vett.Val. 215.9

    , 340.2;

    ὡς παντελῶς Id.184.26

    ;

    ὡς ἄλλως Is.7.27

    , D.6.32;

    ὡς ἐνδεχομένως PPetr.2p.53

    (iii B. C.); in ὣς αὔτως (v. ὡσαύτως ) we have the Adv. of ὁ αὐτός, but the ὥς retains its demonstr. force, as does in Homer; ὡς ἀληθῶς, ὡς ὁμοίως, and ὡς παντελῶς may be modelled on ὣς αὔτως, with which they are nearly synonymous; so also ὡς ἑτέρως and ὡς ἐναλλάξ, which are contrasted with it.
    b with Advbs. expressing anything extraordinary, θαυμαστῶς or θαυμασίως ὡς, ὑπερφυῶς ὡς, v. sub vocc.; ὡς is sts. separated by several words from its Adv., as

    θαυμαστῶς μοι εἶπες ὡς παρα' δόξαν Pl.Phd. 95a

    ;

    ὑπερφυῶς δὴ τὸ χρῆμα ὡς δύσγνωστον φαίνεται Id.Alc.2.147c

    , cf. Phd. 99d.
    c with the [comp] Sup., as much as can be,

    ὡς μάλιστα Th.1.141

    , etc.: ὡς ῥᾷστα as easily as possible, A.Pr. 104;

    ὡς πλεῖστα Democr. 189

    ; ὠς τάχιστα as quickly as possible, Alc.Supp.4.15, etc.; more fully expressed,

    ὡς δυνατὸν ἄριστα Isoc.12.153

    ;

    ὡς ἐδύναντο ἀδηλότατα Th.7.50

    ;

    μαχομένους ὡς ἂν δυνώμεθα κράτιστα X.An.3.2.6

    ;

    ὡς οἷόν τε βελτιστον Pl.R. 403d

    ; ὡς ἀνυστὸν κάλλιστα Diog.Apollon.3: ὡς and ὅτι are sts. found together, where one is superfluous,

    ὡς ὅτι μάλιστα Pl.Lg. 908a

    ;

    βοῦν ὡς ὅτι κάλλιστον IG22.1028.17

    (ii/i B. C.); v. infr. G.
    d with [comp] Comp.,

    ὡς θᾶσσον Plb.1.66.1

    , 3.82.1.
    e in the phrases ὡς τὸ πολύ, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πολύ, Pl.R. 330c, 377b; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλεῖον for the more part, commonly,

    ὡς ἐπὶ πλεῖστον Th.2.34

    ; ὡς ἐπὶ τὸ πλῆθος, ὡς πλήθει, Pl.R. 364a, 389d;

    ὡς τὸ ἐπίπαν Hdt.7.50

    , etc.;

    ὡς τὰ πολλά Ael.NA12.17

    .
    2 with Adjs.,
    a Posit.,

    ὑπερφυεῖ τινι.. ὡς μεγάλῃ βλάβῃ Pl.Grg. 477d

    .
    Ac Relat. and Interrog., how,

    μερμήριζε.. ὡς Ἀχιλῆα τιμήσειε Il. 2.3

    , cf. Pl.R. 365a;

    ἐβουλεύοντο ὡς.. στήσονται Hdt.3.84

    , etc.;

    οἷα δεῖ λέγειν καὶ ὥς Arist.EN 1128a1

    ; ὡς πέπραται how, i. e. at what price the goods have been sold, PCair.Zen. 149 (iii B. C.); so οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς .. (for the more usu. ὅπως ) nowise can it be that.., S.Ant. 750; οὐκ ἔσθ' ὡς οὐ .., Id.Ph. 196 (anap., Porson for οὐκ ἔστιν ὅπως ου) ; οἶσθ' ὡς πόησον; by a mixture of constructions for ὡς χρὴ ποιῆσαι or ὡς ποιήσεις, Id.OT 543, cf. Hermipp.43, Men.916; οἶσθ' ὡς μετεύξει is f.l. in E.Med. 600 ( μέτευξαι Elmsley); similarly,

    οἶσθα.. ὡς νῦν μὴ σφαλῇς S.OC75

    .
    2 ὡς ἂν ποήσῃς however ( in whatever way) thou mayest act, Id.Aj. 1369, cf. Pl.Smp. 181a;

    αὐτῷ ὥς κεν ἅδῃ, τὼς ἔσσεται A.R.3.350

    .
    Ad Temporal, when, with past tenses of the indic.,

    ἐνῶρτο γέλως.., ὡς ἴδον Il.1.600

    : with opt., to express a repeated action, whenever,

    ὡς.. ἐς τὴν Μιλησίην ἀπίκοιτο Hdt.1.17

    : rarely c. subj., to denote what happens under certain conditions,

    τῶν δὲ ὡς ἕκαστός οἱ μειχθῇ, διδοῖ δῶρον Id.4.172

    , cf. 1.132; later, ὡς ἄν c. subj., when, PCair.Zen.251 (iii B. C.), 1 Ep.Cor.11.34, etc.;

    ὥς κα Berl.Sitzb.1927.170

    ([place name] Cyrene); ὡς ἂν τάχιστα λάβῃς τὴν ἐπιστολήν as soon as.. PCair.Zen.241.1 (iii B. C.), cf. LXX 1 Ki.9.13, Jo.3.8: in orat. obliq. c. inf., Hdt.1.86, 96, al.: expressed more forcibly by ὡς.. τάχιστα, some word or words being interposed, ὡς γὰρ ἐπετρόπευσε τάχιστα as soon as ever.., Id.1.65;

    ὡς δὲ ἀφίκετο τάχιστα X.Cyr.1.3.2

    : less freq. ὡς τάχιστα stand together, Aeschin.2.22: but this usage must be distd. from signf. Ab.111.1c: folld. by demonstr.,

    ὡς εἶδ', ὣς ἀνεπᾶλτο Il.20.424

    ;

    ὡς ἴδεν, ὥς μιν ἔρως πυκινὰς φρένας ἀμφεκάλυψεν 14.294

    ; also

    ὡς.., ἔπειτα 3.396

    ;

    Κρονίδης ὥς μιν φράσαθ' ὣς ἐόλητο θυμὸν ἀνωΐστοισιν ὑποδμηθεὶς βελέεσσι Κύπριδος Mosch.2.74

    ; the second ὣς is repeated,

    ἁ δ' Ἀταλάντα ὡς ἴδεν, ὣς ἐμάνη, ὣς ἐς βαθὺν ἅλατ' ἔρωτα Theoc.3.41

    (ὣς = εὐθέως, Sch.vet.), cf. 2.82; in Bion 1.40 the clauses with ὡς all belong to the protasis.
    2 ὡς appears to be f.l. for ἕως in

    ὡς ἂν αὑτὸς ἥλιος.. αἴρῃ S.Ph. 1330

    ,

    ὡς ἂν ᾖς οἷόσπερ εἶ Id.Aj. 1117

    ; cf.

    ὥσπερ 111.1

    : but in later Gr. = ἕως, while,

    ὡς τὸ φῶς ἔχετε Ev.Jo.12.35

    , 36;

    ὡς καιρὸν ἔχομεν Ep.Gal.6.10

    , cf. Epigr.Gr.646a5 (p.529); also until,

    τίθεται ἐπὶ ἀνθράκων ὡς ἀναξηρανθῇ PLeid.X.89

    B.; ἔα ἀφρίζειν τὴν πίσσαν ὡς οὗ ἐκλείπῃ ib.37B.; cf. EM824.43 (conversely ἕως for ὡς final, v. ἕως (B) A. 1.4).
    Ae Local, where, in dialects, Theoc.1.13, 5.101, 103, IG9(2).205.4 (Melitea, iii B. C.), SIG685.63, al. (Cretan, ii B. C.), IG12(1).736.5 ([place name] Camirus), GDI5597.8 (Ephesus, iii B. C.).
    B [full] ὡς as CONJUNCTION:
    I with Substantive clauses, to express a fact, = ὅτι, that.
    II with Final clauses, to express an end or purpose, = ἵνα, ὅπως, so that, in order that.
    III Consecutive, = ὥστε, so that.
    IV Causal, since, because.
    I with Substantive Clauses, with verbs of learning, saying, etc., that, expressing a fact,

    γνωτὸν.., ὡς ἤδη Τρώεσσιν ὀλέθρου πείρατ' ἐφῆπται Il.7.402

    , cf. Od.3.194, etc.: in commands,

    προεῖπεν ὡς μηδεὶς κινήσοιτο X.HG2.1.22

    : with Verbs of fear or anxiety, c. [tense] fut. indic.,

    μηκέτ' ἐκφοβοῦ, μητρῷον ὥς σε λῆμ' ἀτιμάσει ποτέ S.El. 1427

    , cf. X.Cyr.6.2.30; μὴ φοβοῦ ὡς ἀπορήσεις ib.5.2.12, cf. D.10.36; a sentence beginning with ὡς is sts., when interrupted, resumed by ὅτι, and vice versa, X.Cyr.5.3.30, Pl.R. 470d, Hp.Ma. 281c; so ὡς with a finite Verb passes into the acc. and inf., Hdt.1.70, 8.118: both constructions mixed in the same clause, ἐλογίζετο ὡς.. ἧττον ἂν αὐτοὺς ἐθέλειν .. X.Cyr.8.1.25, cf. HG3.4.27: after primary tenses (incl. historic [tense] pres.) ὡς is folld. by indic., after historic tenses by opt. (sts. by indic., both constructions in

    ὑπίσχοντο.. ἀμυνέειν, φράζοντες ὡς οὔ σφι περιοπτέη ἐστὶ ἡ Ἑλλὰς ἀπολλυμένη.. ἀλλὰ τιμωρητέον εἴη Hdt.7.168

    ): sts. c. opt. after a primary tense,

    κατάπτονται.. λέγοντες ὡς Ἀρίστων.. οὐ φήσειε Id.6.69

    , cf. 1.70, Th.1.38, Pl.Chrm. 156b.
    2 with Verbs of feeling,

    χαίρει δέ μοι ἦτορ, ὥς μευ ἀεὶ μέμνησαι Il.23.648

    ;

    ἄχος ἔλλαβ' Ἀχαιοὺς ὡς ἔπεσ' 16.600

    .
    II with Final Clauses, that, in order that; in this sense ὡς and ὡς ἄν, [dialect] Ep. ὥς κεν, are used with the subj. after primary tenses of the indic., and with the opt. after the past tenses,

    βουλὴν ὑποθησόμεθ'.., ὡς μὴ πάντες ὄλωνται Il.8.37

    ;

    τύμβον χεύαμεν.., ὥς κεν τηλεφανὴς.. εἴη Od. 24.83

    ;

    ἡμεῖς δ' ἴωμεν ὡς, ὁπηνίκ' ἂν θεὸς πλοῦν ἡμὶν εἴκῃ, τηνικαυθ' ὁρμώμεθα S.Ph. 464

    ;

    [νέας] διηκοσίας περιέπεμπον.. ὡς ἂν μὴ ὀφθείησαν Hdt.8.7

    . b. rarely c. [tense] fut. indic., ὡς μὴ ὦν αὐτοὶ τε ἀπολέεσθε (cj. Cobet for ἀπόλεσθε)

    κἀμὲ τρώσετε, ἐς ἄλλον τινὰ δῆμον ἀποίχεσθε Hecat. 30J.

    2 ὡς is also used with past tenses of the indic. to express a purpose which has not been or cannot be fulfilled, τί μ' οὐκ ἔκτεινας, ὡς ἔδειξα μήποτε .. ; so that I never should.., S.OT 1392;

    ἔδει τὰ ἐνέχυρα λαβεῖν, ὡς μηδ' εἰ ἐβούλετο ἐδύνατο ἐξαπατᾶν X.An. 7.6.23

    ; cf.

    ἵνα B. 1.3

    ,

    ὅπως B. 1.3

    .
    3 ὡς c. inf., to limit an assertion,

    ὡς μὲν ἐμοὶ δοκέειν Hdt.6.95

    , cf. 2.124; ὡς εἰπεῖν λόγῳ ib.53; or ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν, cf.

    ἔπος 11.4

    ; ὡς συντόμως, or ὡς συνελόντι εἰπεῖν to speak shortly, to be brief, X.Oec.12.19, Mem.3.8.10; ὡς εἰκάσαι to make a guess, i.e. probably, Hdt.1.34, etc.;

    ὡς μικρὸν μεγάλῳ εἰκάσαι Th.4.36

    (so without

    ὡς, οὐ πολλῷ λόγῳ εἰπεῖν Hdt. 1.61

    ), v. supr. Ab. 11.1, 2.
    III to express Consequence, like ὥστε, so that, freq. in Hdt., εὖρος ὡς δύο τριήρεας πλέειν ὁμοῦ in breadth such that two triremes could sail abreast, Hdt.7.24;

    ὑψηλὸν οὕτω.., ὡς τὰς κορυφὰς αὐτοῦ οὐκ οἷά τε εἶναι ἰδέσθαι 4.184

    ; so in Trag. and Prose, A.Pers. 437, al., S.OT84, X.An.3.5.7, etc.;

    ἀπέχοντας ἀπ' ἀλλάλων ὡς ἦμεν Ϝικατίπεδον ἄντομον Tab.Heracl.1.75

    ;

    οὕτως.. ὡς ὁμολογεῖν Jul.Or.5.164d

    ;

    ὡς καὶ τοὺς τεχνίτας λανθάνειν PHolm. 9.13

    ; also, like ὥστε, with Indic.,

    οὕτω κλεινὴ ἐγένετο, ὡς.. ἐξέμαθον Hdt.2.135

    , cf. S.Tr. 590, X.HG4.1.33.
    2 ἢ ὡς after a [comp] Comp.,

    μάσσον' ἢ ὡς ἰδέμεν Pi.O.13.113

    ;

    μαλακώτεροι.. ἢ ὡς κάλλιον αὐτοῖς Pl.R. 410d

    ; cf.

    ὥστε B. 1.2

    : with words implying comparison, ὀλίγοι ἐσμὲν ὡς ἐγκρατεῖς εἶναι αὐτῶν too few to.., X.Cyr.4.5.15, γραῦς εἶ, ὦ Ἐλπινίκη, ὡς τηλικαῦτα διαπράττεσθαι πράγματα too old to.. Stesimbr. 5J.
    3 ὡς is sts. omitted where the antecedent demonstrative is expressed, οὕτω ἰσχυραί, μόγις ἂν διαρρήξειας so strong, you could hardly break them, Hdt.3.12;

    ῥώμη σώματος τοιήδε, ἀεθλοφόροι τε ἀμφότεροι ἦσαν Id.1.31

    .
    IV Causal, inasmuch as, since,

    τί ποτε λέγεις, ὦ τέκνον; ὡς οὐ μανθάνω S.Ph. 914

    , cf. E.Ph. 843, 1077, Ar.Ra. 278: c. opt.,

    μὴ καὶ λάθῃ με προσπεσών· ὡς μᾶλλον ἂν ἕλοιτο μ' ἢ τοὺς πάντας Ἀργείους λαβεῖν S.Ph.46

    .
    2 on the ground that.., c. [tense] fut. indic., Lys.30.27.
    C [full] ὡς before
    I Participles;
    II Prepositions; and
    III ὡς itself as a Preposition.
    I with Participles in the case of the Subject, to mark the reason or motive of the action, as if, as,

    ὡς οὐκ ἀΐοντι ἐοικώς Il.23.430

    (v. infr. G); ἀγανακτοῦσιν ὡς μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερημένοι (i. e. ἡγούμενοι μεγάλων τινῶν ἀπεστερῆσθαι), Pl.R. 329a: most freq. c. part. [tense] fut.,

    διαβαίνει.., ὡς ἀμήσων τὸν σῖτον Hdt.6.28

    , cf. 91;

    παρεσκευάζοντο ὡς πολεμήσοντες Th.2.7

    , etc.;

    δηλοῖς ὥς τι σημανῶν νέον S.Ant. 242

    ;

    ὡς τεθνήξων ἴσθι νυνί Ar.Ach. 325

    (troch.): in questions,

    παρὰ Πρωταγόραν νῦν ἐπιχειρεῖς ἰέναι, ὡς παρὰ τίνα ἀφιξόμενος; Pl.Prt. 311b

    ;

    ὡς τί δὴ θέλων; E.IT 557

    ; with vbs. of knowing,

    ἐπιστάσθω Κροῖσος ὡς ὕστερον.. ἁλοὺς τῆς πεπρωμένης Hdt.1.91

    ; ὡς μὴ 'μπολήσων ἴσθι .. S.Ant. 1063.
    2 with Participles in oblique cases, λέγουσιν ἡμᾶς ὡς ὀλωλότας they speak of us as dead, A.Ag. 672;

    ὡς μηδὲν εἰδότ' ἴσθι μ' ὧν ἀνιστορεῖς S.Ph. 253

    ;

    τὸν ἐκβαίνοντα κολάζουσιν ὡς παρανομοῦντα Pl.R. 338e

    ;

    ἵνα μὴ ἀγανακτῇ ὑπὲρ ἐμοῦ ὡς δεινὰ πάσχοντος Id.Phd. 115e

    , cf. Hdt.5.85, 9.54;

    νῦν δέ σου τὰ ἔργα φανερὰ γεγένηται οὐχ ὡς ἀνιωμένου ἀλλ' ὡς ἡδομένου τοῖς γιγνομένοις Lys.12.32

    ;

    κτύπος φωτὸς ὡς τειρομένου < του> S.Ph. 202

    (lyr.); ἐν ὀλιγωρίᾳ ἐποιοῦντο, ὡς, ὅταν ἐξέλθωσιν, ἢ οὐχ ὑπομενοῦντας σφᾶς ἢ ῥᾳδίως ληψόμενοι βίᾳ made light of the matter, in the belief that.., Th.4.5.—Both constructions in one sentence,

    τοὺς κόσμους εἴασε χαίρειν ὡς ἀλλοτρίους τε ὄντας καὶ πλέον θάτερον ἡγησάμενος ἀπεργάζεσθαι Pl.Phd. 114e

    , cf. X.Cyr.1.5.9.
    3 with Parts. put abs. in gen.,

    νῦν δέ, ὡς οὕτω ἐχόντων, στρατιὴν ἐκπέμπετε Hdt.8.144

    ; ἐρώτα

    ὅτι βούλει, ὡς τἀληθῆ ἐροῦντος X.Cyr.3.1.9

    ;

    ὡς ὧδ' ἐχόντων τῶνδ' ἐπίστασθαί σε χρή S.Aj. 281

    , cf. 904, A.Pr. 760, E.Med. 1311, Th.7.15, X.An.1.3.6: so also in acc.,

    μισθὸν αἰτοῦσιν, ὡς οὐχὶ αὐτοῖσιν ὠφελίαν ἐσομένην ἐκ τοῦ ἄρχειν Pl.R. 345e

    , cf. E.Ph. 1461: with both cases in one sentence,

    ὡς καὶ τῶν Ἀθηναίων προσδοκίμων ὄντων ἄλλῃ στρατιᾷ καὶ.. διαπεπολεμησόμενον Th.7.25

    , cf. Pl.R. 604b.
    II ὡς before Preps., ἀνήγοντο ὡς ἐπὶ ναυμαχίαν (v.l. -ίᾳ) Th.1.48, cf. X. HG2.1.22;

    φρύγανα συλλέγοντες ὡς ἐπὶ πῦρ Id.An.4.3.11

    ; κατέλαβε τὴν ἀκρόπολιν ὡς ἐπὶ τυραννίδι, expressing the purpose, Th.1.126;

    ἀπέπλεον.. ὡς ἐς τὰς Ἀθήνας Id.6.61

    ;

    πλεῖς ὡς πρὸς οἶκον S.Ph.58

    ;

    τὸ βούλευμ' ὡς ἐπ' Ἀργείοις τόδ' ἦν Id.Aj.44

    : in these passages ὡς marks an intention; not so in the following:

    ἀπαγγέλλετε τῇ μητρὶ [χαίρειν] ὡς παρ' ἐμοῦ X.Cyr.8.7.28

    ; also

    ὡς ἀπὸ τῆς πομπῆς Pl.R. 327c

    ;

    ὡς ἐκ κακῶν ἐχάρη Hdt.8.101

    .
    b later, in geographical expressions, of direction,

    προϊών, ὡς ἐπὶ τὸν Πηνειόν Str.9.5.8

    , cf. 13.1.22;

    ὡς πρὸς ἕω βλέπων Id.8.6.1

    , cf. 7.6.2; ὡς εἰς Φηραίαν (leg. Ἡραίαν)

    ἰόντων Id.8.3.32

    .
    III ὡς as a Prep., prop. in cases where the object is a person, not a place: once in Hom.,

    ὡς αἰεὶ τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει θεὸς ὡς τὸν ὁμοῖον Od.17.218

    (v.l. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον, cf.

    αἶνος Ὁμηρικός, αἰὲν ὁμοῖον ὡς θεός.. ἐς τὸν ὁμοῖον ἄγει Call.Aet.1.1.10

    ; ἔρχεται.. ἕκαστον τὸ ὅμοιον ὡς τὸ ὅ., τὸ πυκνὸν ὡς τὸ πυκνόν κτλ. (with v.l. ἐς) Hp.Nat.Puer.17), but possibly ὡς.. ὥς as.. so, in Od. l.c.; also in Hdt.,

    ἐσελθεῖν ὡς τὴν θυγατέρα 2.121

    .έ: freq. in [dialect] Att.,

    ὡς Ἆγιν ἐπρεσβεύσαντο Th.8.5

    , etc.;

    ἀφίκετο ὡς Περδίκκαν καὶ ἐς τὴν Χαλκιδικήν Id.4.79

    ;

    ἀπέπλευσαν ἐς Φώκαιαν.. ὡς Ἀστύοχον Id.8.31

    ; ναῦς ἐς τὸν Ἑλλήσποντον ὡς Φαρνάβαζον ἀποπέμπειν ib.39;

    ὡς ἐκεῖνον πλέομεν ὥσπερ πρὸς δεσπότην Isoc. 4.121

    ; the examples of ὡς with names of places are corrupt, e.g.

    ὡς τὴν Μίλητον Th.8.36

    (ἐς cod. Vat.); ὡς Ἄβυδον one Ms. in Id.8.103;

    ὡς τὸ πρόσθεν Ar.Ach. 242

    : in S.OT 1481 ὡς τὰς ἀδελφὰς.. τὰς ἐμὰς χέρας is equiv. to ὡς ἐμὲ τὸν ἀδελφόν; in Id.Tr. 366 δόμους ὡς τούσδε house = household.
    D [full] ὡς in independent sentences:
    I as an exclamation, how, mostly with Advbs. and Adjs., ὡς ἄνοον κραδίην ἔχες how silly a heart hadst thou! Il.21.441; ὡς ἀγαθὸν καὶ παῖδα λιπέσθαι how good is it.., Od.3.196, cf. 24.194;

    φρονεῖν ὡς δεινόν S.OT 316

    ; ὡς ἀστεῖος ὁ ἄνθρωπος how charming he is! Pl.Phd. 116d;

    ὡς ἐμεγαλύνθη τὰ ἔργα σου, Κύριε LXX Ps.91(92).6

    , 103(104).24; in indirect clauses, ἐθαύμασα τοῦτο, ὡς ἡδέως.. ἀπεδέξατο marvelled at seeing how.., Pl. Phd. 89a.
    2 with Verbs, ὥς μοι δέχεται κακὸν ἐκ κακοῦ αἰεί how constantly.., Il.19.290, cf. 21.273; ὡς οὐκ ἔστι χάρις μετόπισθ' εὐεργέων how little thanks remain! Od.22.319; ὡς ὄχλος νιν.. ἀμφέπει see how.., E.Ph. 148; ὡς ὑπερδέδοικά σου how greatly.., S.Ant.82; so perh.

    ὡς οἰμώξεται Ar.Ra. 279

    ;

    ὡς ἅπανθ' ὑμῖν τυραννίς ἐστι Id.V. 488

    (troch.).
    II to mark a wish, oh that! c. opt. alone,

    ὡς ἔρις.. ἀπόλοιτο Il.18.107

    ;

    ὡς ἀπόλοιτο καὶ ἄλλος Od.1.47

    , cf. S.El. 126 (lyr.); also ὡς ἄν or κε with opt.,

    ὡς ἂν ἔπειτ' ἀπὸ σεῖο οὐκ ἐθέλοιμι λείπεσθαι Il.9.444

    ;

    ὥς κέ οἱ αὖθι γαῖα χάνοι 6.281

    .
    E [full] ὡς with numerals marks that they are to be taken only as a round number, as it were, about, nearly,

    σὺν ἀνθρώποις ὡς εἴκοσι X.An.3.3.5

    ; also ὡς πέντε μάλιστά κῃ about five (v.

    μάλα 111.5

    ), Hdt.7.30:—also with words compounded with numerals,

    δέπας.. ὡς τριλάγυνον Stesich.7

    ; παῖς ὡς ἑπτέτης of some seven years, Pl. Grg. 471c;

    δρέπανα ὡς διπήχη X.Cyr.6.1.30

    , cf. An.5.4.12; cf.

    ὡσεί 111

    .
    F [full] ὡς in some elliptical (or apparently elliptical) phrases:
    1 ὡς τί δὴ τόδε (sc. γένηται); to what end? E.Or. 796 (troch.); cf.

    ἵνα B.11.3c

    .
    2 know that (sc. ἴσθι)

    , ὡς ἔστιν ἀνδρὸς τοῦδε τἄργα ταῦτά σοι S.Aj.39

    ;

    ὡς τοῦτό γ' ἔρξας δύο φέρει δωρήματα Id.Ph. 117

    ;

    ὡς τῆσδ' ἑκοῦσα παιδὸς οὐ μεθήσομαι E.Hec. 400

    , cf. Med. 609, Ph. 720; ὡς τάχ' οὐκέθ' αἱματηρὸν.. ἀργήσει ξίφος ib. 625 (troch.); so in Com.,

    ὡς ἔστ' ἐν ἡμῖν τῆς πόλεως τὰ πράγματα Ar.Lys.32

    , cf. 499 (anap.), Ach. 333 (troch.), Nu. 209; also

    ἀλλ' ὡς ἀπὸ τοῦ τείχους πάρεστιν ἄγγελος οὐδείς Id.Av. 1119

    .
    3 ὡς ἕκαστος, ἕκαστοι, each severally (whether in respect of time, place, or other difference),

    ξυνελέγοντο.. Κορίνθιοι δισχίιοι ὁπλῖται, οἱ δ' ἄλλοι ὡς ἕκαστοι, Φλειάσιοι δὲ πανστρατιᾷ Th.5.57

    , cf. 1.107, 113; πρώτη τε αὕτη πόλις ξυμμαχὶς παρὰ τὸ καθεστηκὸς ἐδουλώθη, ἔπειτα δὲ καὶ τῶν ἄλλων ὡς ἑκάστη [ξυνέβη] (ξ. secl. Krüger: ἀπὸ κοινοῦ ἐδουλώθη Sch.l.c.) Id.1.98; ἄλλοι τε παριόντες ἐγκλήματα ἐποιοῦντο ὡς ἕκαστοι ib.67, cf. 7.65; χρησμολόγοι τε ᾖδον χρησμοὺς παντοίους, ὧν ἀκροᾶσθαι ὡς ἕκαστος ὥρμητο, i. e. different persons ran to listen to different prophecies, Id.2.21; τὰς ἄλλας ὡς ἑκάστην ποι ἐκπεπτωκυῖαν ἀναδησάμενοι ἐκόμιζον ἐς τὴν πόλιν they made fast to the rest wherever each (ship) had been run ashore, Id.7.74; οἱ δ' οὖν ὡς ἕκαστοι Ἕλληνες κατὰ πόλεις τε ὅσοι ἀλλήλων ξυνίεσαν καὶ ξύμπαντες ὕστερον κληθέντες οὐδὲν πρὸ τῶν Τρωικῶν.. ἁθρόοι ἔπραξαν the various peoples that were later called by the common name of Greeks, Id.1.3;

    ὡς ἑκάστῳ ἔργον προστάσσων Hdt.1.114

    ; ὡς ἑκάστην ( one by one) αἱρέοντες (sc. τὰς νήσους)

    οἱ βάρβαροι ἐσαγήνευον τοὺς ἀνθρώπους Id.6.31

    , cf. 79;

    ὡς ἑκασταχόσε D.C.41.9

    , al.; rarely with a Verb,

    ὡς ἕκαστος ἀπικνέοιτο Hdt.1.29

    , cf. Th.6.2: later ὡς follows

    ἕκαστος, ἑκάστῳ ὡς ὁ Θεὸς ἐμέρισεν μέτρον πίστεως Ep.Rom.12.3

    :—for the etymology v. infr. H; also

    ὡς ἑκάτεροι Th.3.74

    (v. infr. H).
    G [full] ὡς pleonast. in

    ὡς ὅτι D.H. 9.14

    , 2 Ep.Cor.11.21, Sch.A Il.1.264, 129, 396, 3.280, AP9.530, dub.l. in Str.15.1.57.
    H Etymology: this word is in origin five distinct words: (1) ὡς 'as' is the Adv. fr. the Relat. ὅς (I.-E. stem yo-); with ὡς βέλτιστος cf. Skt. yācchrē[snull ][tnull ]á[hudot ] 'the best possible': (2) ὧς ' thus' is the Adv. of a Demonstr. stem so- found in Skt. sa, Gr. , Lat. sō-c (Gloss. = ita, cf. Umbr. esoc); (3) ὡς postpositive (ὄρνιθες ὥς, etc.) constantly makes a preceding short closed syll. long in Hom., and must therefore have been ϝως; it may perh. be related to Skt. vā, a form of va, iva ( = (1) or (2) like), Lat. ve, Gr. ἦ[ϝ] ε; (4) ὡς prep. 'to' is of doubtful origin (perh. fr. Ως, cogn. with Lat. ōs 'face', Skt. ās: Ως τινα ἐλθεῖν like τί δέ δε φρένας ἵκετο πένθος;); (5) ὡς F.3 is prob. ϝως, Adv. of ϝός the reflexive Adj., and means lit. in his (their) own way (or place); it is idiomatically placed before ἕκαστος ([etym.] ἑκάτερος), cf.

    ϝὸν ϝεκάτερος Leg.Gort.1.18

    .

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ὡς

  • 19 τὶς

    τὶς, τὶ, gen. τινός, dat. τινί, acc. τινά, τὶ (Hom.+) enclitic, indefinite pronoun (W-S. §26, 1–4; B-D-F §301 al.; Rob. 741–44)
    a ref. to someone or someth. indefinite, anyone, anything; someone, something; many a one/thing, a certain one
    subst.
    α. τὶς, τινές
    א. someone, anyone, somebody Mt 12:29, 47; Mk 8:4; 9:30; 11:16; Lk 8:46; 9:57; 13:6, 23; J 2:25; 6:46; Ac 5:25; 17:25; Ro 5:7ab; 1 Cor 15:35; 2 Cor 11:20 (five times); Hb 3:4; Js 2:18; 2 Pt 2:19 al. Pl. τινές some, a number of (people—supplied as in Appian, Hann. 47 §203 λαβών τινας=he received some, i.e. people; TestAbr B 14 p. 118, 20 [Stone p. 84]; TestJob 9:8; Just., A I, 28, 2) Lk 13:1; Ac 15:1; Gal 2:12; 2 Th 3:11; anyone 2 Pt 3:9b (TestAbr B 12 p. 116, 24 [Stone p. 80] εἶδεν … τινὰς ἀπερχομένους εἰς ἔρημον τόπον).—In contrast to a majority made evident by the context some of those present (Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 26 §119 ἔφερόν τινες) Mk 14:65; J 13:29a; of all (under consideration) 1 Cor 8:7; 9:22. ἀνατρέπουσιν τήν τινων πίστιν 2 Tim 2:18; AcPlCor 1:2.—W. partitive gen. (Diod S 2, 24, 4; Plut., Mor. 189a τῶν ἐχθρῶν τις; Epict. 2, 14, 1 τὶς τῶν Ῥωμαϊκῶν; TestReub 4:2 τινὶ τῶν ἀδελφῶν; Ar. 12, 7 τινὲς … αὐτῶν; Just., A I, 27, 3; Tat. 36, 2) τὶς τῶν Φαρισαίων (some) one of the Pharisees, a Pharisee Lk 7:36. Cp. 11:45; Ac 5:15. τὶς ὑμῶν 1 Cor 6:1. Pl. τινὲς τῶν γραμματέων some (of the) scribes Mt 9:3. Cp. 12:38; 28:11; Mk 7:1f; 12:13; Lk 6:2; Ac 10:23; 12:1; 17:18a, 28; 1 Cor 10:7–10 al.—Also τὶς ἐκ (Plut., Galba 1065 [27, 2]; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 84 §343 τὶς ἐκ τῆς βουλῆς) τὶς ἐξ ὑμῶν Js 2:16; Hb 3:13; GJs 24:2. Pl. τινὲς ἐξ αὐτῶν (Jos., Bell. 1, 311; Just., D. 85, 1 τινὲς ἐξ ὑμῶν) Lk 11:15. Cp. J 6:64; 7:25, 44; 9:16; 11:37, 46; Ac 15:24.—τὶς ἐν ὑμῖν any one among you, any of you Js 5:13a, 14, 19. ἐν ὑμῖν τινες 1 Cor 15:12.—ταῦτά τινες ἦτε some of you were that sort of people 6:11 (οὗτος 1bζ). τινές described by a rel. clause (Dionysius Com. [IV B.C.] 11 εἰσίν τινες νῦν, οὓς …) Mk 9:1. τὶς in 14:47 is prob. not original (PDickerson, JBL 116, ’97, 302).
    ב. with suggestion of non-specificity in a context where an entity is specified to some extent τίς a certain pers., etc., of a definite pers. Lk 9:49; 2 Cor 2:5; 10:7; 11:21 (of an opponent as UPZ 146, 2 [II B.C.]; Sallust. 12 p. 24, 20; 24.—Artem. 4, 22 p. 214, 20ff τὶς … οὗ ἐγὼ καίπερ εὖ εἰδὼς τὸ ὄνομα οὐκ ἐπιμνησθήσομαι; Tat. 27, 1 [of Callimachus]). Pl. τινές certain people, etc. (Crates, Ep. 32 [p. 82 Malherbe]; Demosth. 25, 40, Ep. 3, 8; Diod S 15, 18, 1; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 112 §470 ‘certain’ people who had conspired to cause trouble; Iambl., Myst. 1, 13 p. 43, 2 P.; Sallust. 4 p. 4, 28) Ro 3:8; 1 Cor 4:18; 15:34; 2 Cor 3:1; 1 Ti 1:3, 19 al.; 2 Pt 3:9a. W. a name added ἦν δέ τις ἀσθενῶν, Λάζαρος there was a man who was ill, named L. J 11:1 (begins like a story that originally circulated independently; cp. Alcman 84 Diehl2 ἦσκέ [=ἦν] τις Καφεὺς ἀνάσσων=there was once someone, named Capheus, who ruled). The name is also added in Ac 18:7. W. a subst. ptc. τινές εἰσι οἱ ταράσσοντες Gal 1:7 (cp. Lysias 19, 57 εἰσί τινες οἱ προαναλίσκοντες).
    ג. For εἷς τις s. εἷς 3c. For εἴ τις s. εἰ 7. ἐάν τις (TestAbr B 13 p. 118, 7 [Stone p. 84]; Just., D. 46, 1 ἐὰν δέ τινε) Mt 21:3a; 24:23; Mk 11:3; Lk 16:30; J 6:51 al.; Ac 13:41 (Hab 1:5); 1 Cor 8:10; 10:28; Col 3:13a; 1 Ti 1:8; 2 Ti 2:5; Js 2:14; 1J 2:1, 15; 4:20; Rv 3:20; 22:18f. ἐὰν μή τις if someone … not J 3:3, 5; 15:6; if no one Ac 8:31. τὶς w. a neg. no one, nobody οὐ … τὶς J 10:28. οὐδὲ … τὶς Mt 11:27; 12:19. οὔτε … τὶς Ac 28:21. οὐ … ὑπό τινος 1 Cor 6:12. μή τις that no one Mt 24:4; Mk 13:5; Ac 27:42; 1 Cor 1:15; 16:11; 2 Cor 8:20; 11:16a; Eph 2:9; 1 Th 5:15; Hb 4:11 al. πρὸς τὸ μή τινα 1 Th 2:9. ὥστε μὴ … τινά Mt 8:28.
    ד. The ptc. that belongs directly w. the indef. pron. is added w. the art. πρός τινας τοὺς πεποιθότας to some who put their trust Lk 18:9. Cp. 2 Cor 10:2; Gal 1:7; Col 2:8. But it also stands without the art: τινῶν λεγόντων when some were talking Lk 21:5. Cp. 1 Ti 6:10, 21; Hb 10:28.
    ה. corresponding τὶς … ἕτερος δέ someone … and another 1 Cor 3:4. τινὲς (μὲν) … τινὲς (δέ) Lk 9:7f; Phil 1:15 (τινὲς μὲν … τινὲς δέ as Diod S 12, 41, 6; Ar. 8, 2).
    ו. each one καθώς τις ἄξιός ἐστιν κατοικεῖν as each one deserves to dwell Hs 8, 2, 5a. Cp. 8, 4, 2. B-D-F §301, 2.
    β. τὶ, τινά
    א. something, anything ὁ ἀδελφός σου ἔχει τι κατὰ σοῦ Mt 5:23. Cp. 20:20; Mk 8:23; 9:22; 13:15; Lk 7:40; 11:54; J 13:29a; 1 Cor 10:31 al.—W. partitive gen. (Diod S 20, 39, 3 τινὰ τῶν ἀφηρπασμένων=some of what had been seized [by the enemy]; Just., D. 2, 4 τὶ τῶν εἰς εὐδαιμονίαν συντελούντων something that contributes to happiness) τὶ τῶν ὑπαρχόντων Ac 4:32. Cp. Ro 15:18; Eph 5:27. τὶ ἀγαθοῦ Hs 5, 3, 3.
    ב. in negative statements not (nor) anything = nothing οὔτε … τὶ Ac 25:8. οὐδὲ … τὶ 1 Ti 6:7 (TestJob 11:12; cp. JosAs 10:20 μηδὲ … τινό).
    ג. τινὰ μὲν … τινὰ δέ some … others (w. ref. to πρόβατα and hence neut.) Hs 6, 2, 2.
    ד. On εἴ τι s. εἰ 7.
    ה. εἶναί τι be or amount to someth. Gal 2:6; 1 Cor 3:7. εἰ δοκεῖ τις εἶναί τι μηδὲν ὤν Gal 6:3 (s. 2 below and s. W-S. §26, 3).
    adj.
    α. some, any, a certain, though oft. omitted in transl. into Engl.; used with
    א. a subst. τὶς: ἱερεύς τις Lk 1:5; 10:31. ἀνήρ (a narrative begins in this way Syntipas p. 16, 4; 30, 3; 46, 16; 57, 1; Just., D. 81, 4 [of John]) Ac 3:2; 8:9a; 14:8. ἄνθρωπος Mt 18:12 (JosAs 28:4). κώμη Lk 17:12 (Just., A I, 34, 2). Cp. 7:2, 41; 18:2; J 4:46; Ac 27:8; Hb 4:7.—τὶ: ὕδωρ Ac 8:36. σκεῦος 10:11.
    ב. a proper name (X., Hell. 5, 4, 3; Jos., Ant. 12, 160; Ar. 10, 1 Ἥφαιστόν τινα; Just., A I, 26, 4 Μένανδρον … τινά; Ath. 12, 1 Μίνως τις) Σίμωνά τινα a certain Simon Lk 23:26; Ac 10:5f; Mk 15:21. Σίμων τις AcPlCor 1:2. Cp. Ac 21:16; 22:12; 25:19b.
    ג. an adj. or adjectival pron. μέγας Ac 8:9b. ἕτερός τις vs. 34 (GrBar 6:6; Just., D. 128, 4; Mel., P. 26, 180). τὶς ἕτερος Papias (2, 4). τὶς ἄλλος 1 Cor 1:16; Phil 3:4 (TestAbr B 6 p. 110, 7 [Stone p. 68] ἄλλο τι; TestJob 11:2 ἄλλοι τινές; Just., D. 6, 1 ἄλλο τι). τινὲς ἄλλοι (Diod S 5, 81, 4 ἄλλοι τινὲς [τ. ποιητῶν]; Jos., Ant. 8, 248; Just., D. 84, 4 ἄλλαι τινές) Ac 15:2. τὶ ἀγαθόν Ro 9:11; Hs 2:10. ἀσφαλές τι Ac 25:26. Cp. Hb 11:40.—In neg. statements (TestAbr A 8 p. 86, 3 [Stone p. 20]) not any = no Lk 11:36; Js 5:12.
    β. serving to moderate or heighten
    א. to moderate an expr. that is too definite (Just., D. 48, 1 [λόγος] … παράδοξός τις … δοκεῖ μοι εἶναι [your statement], in my judgment, does not make much sense; Diod S 1, 1, 3; Appian, Bell. Civ. 1, 15 §65 οἷά τινες δορυφόροι=as a kind of bodyguard) ἀπαρχήν τινα a kind of first-fruits Js 1:18 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 39 §162 τὶς μετάνοια=something like remorse; 3, 77 §314 συγγνώμη τις=some kind of pardon).—So perh. δύο τινὰς τῶν μαθητῶν several disciples, perhaps two Lk 7:18 (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 59 §245 δύο τινάς=a few [ships], about two; Jos., Ant. 16, 274). But the expr. in Ac 23:23 τινὰς δύο τῶν ἑκατονταρχῶν certainly means two, who simply cannot be more closely defined (s. W-S. §26, 1b; Rob. 742; Mlt-Turner 195).
    ב. w. adjectives of quality and quantity to heighten the rhetorical emphasis φοβερά τις ἐκδοχὴ κρίσεως Hb 10:27. βραχύ τι (only) a little 2:7, 9 (Ps 8:6).
    γ. of an indefinite quantity that is nevertheless not without importance, some, considerable χρόνον τινά (Diod S 13, 75, 6 μετά τινα χρόνον; Jos., Ant. 8, 398) Ac 18:23; 1 Cor 16:7. Cp. Ro 1:11, 13. μέρος τι 1 Cor 11:18.
    δ. τινές several (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 49 §202 ἱππεῖς τινες; Just., D. 50, 2 λόγους τινάς; Ath. 23, 1 τινὰς … ἐνεργείας) ἡμέρας τινάς Ac 9:19; 10:48; 15:36. γυναῖκές τινες Lk 8:2. Cp. Ac 15:2; 17:5f al.—On its position in the sentence s. W-S. §26, 4; B-D-F §473, 1; Rob. 743.
    a ref. to someone of prominence, a person of importance τὶς εἶναι τις to be a person of importance, to be somebody (Eur., El. 939; Theocr. 11, 79; Herodas 6, 54; Epict. 3, 14, 2, Ench. 13; Lucian, Lexiph. 22, Adv. Indoct. 1; Tat. 16, 2 εἶναί τινες; PGM 13, 288 ἐγώ εἰμί τις) λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτόν claiming to be somebody Ac 5:36; IEph 3:1 (so also τὶ; s. 1aβה above; antonym s.v. οὐδείς 2bβ).—DELG. M-M. EDNT.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > τὶς

  • 20 ὡς

    ὡς (Hom.+; loanw. in rabb.) relative adv. of the relative pron. ὅς. It is used as
    a comparative particle, marking the manner in which someth. proceeds, as, like
    corresponding to οὕτως=‘so, in such a way’: σωθήσεται, οὕτως ὡς διὰ πυρός he will be saved, (but only) in such a way as (one, in an attempt to save oneself, must go) through fire (and therefore suffer fr. burns) 1 Cor 3:15. τὴν ἑαυτοῦ γυναῖκα οὕτως ἀγαπάτω ὡς ἑαυτόν Eph 5:33; cp. vs. 28. ἡμέρα κυρίου ὡς κλέπτης οὕτως ἔρχεται 1 Th 5:2. The word οὕτως can also be omitted ἀσφαλίσασθε ὡς οἴδατε make it as secure as you know how = as you can Mt 27:65. ὡς οὐκ οἶδεν αὐτός (in such a way) as he himself does not know = he himself does not know how, without his knowing (just) how Mk 4:27. ὡς ἀνῆκεν (in such a way) as is fitting Col 3:18. Cp. 4:4; Eph 6:20; Tit 1:5 (cp. Just., A I, 3, 1 ὡς πρέπον ἐστίν). ὡς πᾶσα γυνὴ γεννᾷ GJs 11:2; ὡς ἀπεκαλύφθη AcPlCor 1:8.
    special uses
    α. in ellipses (TestAbr A 12 p. 90, 22 [Stone p. 28] θρόνος … ἐξαστράπτων ὡς πῦρ; TestJob 20:3 χρήσασθαι … ὡς ἐβούλετο; JosAs 12:7 πρὸς σὲ κατέφυγον ὡς παιδίον ἐπὶ τὸν πατέρα) ἐλάλουν ὡς νήπιος I used to speak as a child (is accustomed to speak) 1 Cor 13:11a; cp. bc; Mk 10:15; Eph 6:6a; Phil 2:22; Col 3:22. ὡς τέκνα φωτὸς περιπατεῖτε walk as (is appropriate for) children of light Eph 5:8; cp. 6:6b. ὡς ἐν ἡμέρᾳ as (it is one’s duty to walk) in the daylight Ro 13:13. The Israelites went through the Red Sea ὡς διὰ ξηρᾶς γῆς as (one travels) over dry land Hb 11:29. οὐ λέγει ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῶν ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐφʼ ἑνός he speaks not as one would of a plurality (s. ἐπί 8), but as of a single thing Gal 3:16.—Ro 15:15; 1 Pt 5:3. Also referring back to οὕτως (GrBar 6:16 ὡς γὰρ τὰ δίστομα οὕτως καὶ ὁ ἀλέκτωρ μηνύει τοῖς ἐν τῷ κόσμῳ like articulate beings the rooster informs earth’s inhabitants) οὕτως τρέχω ὡς οὐκ ἀδήλως I run as (a person) with a fixed goal 1 Cor 9:26a. Cp. ibid. b; Js 2:12.
    β. ὡς and the words that go w. it can be the subj. or obj., of a clause: γενηθήτω σοι ὡς θέλεις let it be done (= it will be done) for you as you wish Mt 15:28. Cp. 8:13; Lk 14:22 v.l. (for ὅ; cp. ὡς τὸ θέλημά σου OdeSol 11:21). The predicate belonging to such a subj. is to be supplied in οὐχ ὡς ἐγὼ θέλω (γενηθήτω) Mt 26:39a.—ἐποίησεν ὡς προσέταξεν αὐτῷ ὁ ἄγγελος he did as (= that which) the angel commanded him (to do) Mt 1:24; cp. 26:19 (on the structure s. RPesch, BZ 10, ’66, 220–45; 11, ’67, 79–95; cp. the formula Job 42:9 and the contrasting negation Ex 1:17; s. also Ex 3:21f); 28:15.—Practically equivalent to ὅ, which is a v.l. for it Mk 14:72 (JBirdsall, NovT 2, ’58, 272–75; cp. Lk 14:22 above).
    γ. ἕκαστος ὡς each one as or according to what Ro 12:3; 1 Cor 3:5; 7:17ab; Rv 22:12. ὡς ἦν δυνατὸς ἕκαστος each person interpreted them as best each could Papias (2:16).
    δ. in indirect questions (X., Cyr. 1, 5, 11 ἀπαίδευτοι ὡς χρὴ συμμάχοις χρῆσθαι) ἐξηγοῦντο ὡς ἐγνώσθη αὐτοῖς ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου they told how he had made himself known to them when they broke bread together Lk 24:35. Cp. Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 8:47; 23:55; Ac 10:38; 20:20; Ro 11:2; 2 Cor 7:15.
    a conjunction marking a point of comparison, as. This ‘as’ can have a ‘so’ expressly corresponding to it or not, as the case may be; further, both sides of the comparison can be expressed in complete clauses, or one or even both may be abbreviated.
    ὡς is correlative w. οὕτως=so. οὕτως … ὡς (so, in such a way) … as: οὐδέποτε ἐλάλησεν οὕτως ἄνθρωπος ὡς οὗτος λαλεῖ ὁ ἄνθρωπος J 7:46. ὡς … οὕτως Ac 8:32 (Is 53:7); 23:11; Ro 5:15 (ὡς τὸ παράπτωμα, οὕτως καὶ τὸ χάρισμα, both halves to be completed), 18. ὡς κοινωνοί ἐστε τῶν παθημάτων, οὕτως καὶ τῆς παρακλήσεως as you are comrades in suffering, so (shall you be) in comfort as well 2 Cor 1:7. Cp. 7:14; 11:3 v.l.—ὡς … καί as … so (Plut., Mor. 39e; Ath. 15, 2) Mt 6:10; Ac 7:51; 2 Cor 13:2; Gal 1:9; Phil 1:20.
    The clause beginning w. ὡς can easily be understood and supplied in many cases; when this occurs, the noun upon which the comparison depends can often stand alone, and in these cases ὡς acts as a particle denoting comparison. οἱ δίκαιοι ἐκλάμψουσιν ὡς ὁ ἥλιος the righteous will shine out as the sun (shines) Mt 13:43. ὡς ἐπὶ λῃστὴν ἐξήλθατε συλλαβεῖν με as (one goes out) against a robber, (so) you have gone out to arrest me 26:55 (Mel., P. 79, 574 ὡς ἐπὶ φόνιον λῄστην). γίνεσθε φρόνιμοι ὡς οἱ ὄφεις be (as) wise as serpents (are) 10:16b. Cp. Lk 12:27; 21:35; 22:31; J 15:6; 2 Ti 2:17; 1 Pt 5:8.
    Semitic infl. is felt in the manner in which ὡς, combined w. a subst., takes the place of a subst. or an adj.
    α. a substantive
    א. as subj. (cp. Da 7:13 ὡς υἱὸς ἀνθρώπου ἤρχετο; cp. 10:16, 18) ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου (ἦν) ὡς θάλασσα ὑαλίνη before the throne there was something like a sea of glass Rv 4:6. Cp. 8:8; 9:7a. ἀφʼ ἑνὸς ἐγενήθησαν ὡς ἡ ἄμμος from one man they have come into being as the sand, i.e. countless descendants Hb 11:12.
    ב. as obj. (JosAs 17:6 εἶδεν Ἀσενὲθ ὡς ἅρμα πυρός) ᾂδουσιν ὡς ᾠδὴν καινήν they were singing, as it were, a new song Rv 14:3. ἤκουσα ὡς φωνήν I heard what sounded like a shout 19:1, 6abc; cp. 6:1.
    β. as adjective, pred. (mostly εἶναι, γίνεσθαι ὡς; the latter also in rendering of ךְּ to express the basic reality of something: GDelling, Jüd. Lehre u. Frömmigkeit ’67, p. 58, on ParJer 9:7) ἐὰν μὴ γένησθε ὡς τὰ παιδία if you do not become child-like Mt 18:3. ὡς ἄγγελοί εἰσιν they are similar to angels 22:30. πᾶσα σὰρξ ὡς χόρτος 1 Pt 1:24. Cp. Mk 6:34; 12:25; Lk 22:26ab; Ro 9:27 (Is 10:22); 29a (Is 1:9a); 1 Cor 4:13; 7:7f, 29–31; 9:20f; 2 Pt 3:8ab (Ps 89:4); Rv 6:12ab al. (cp. GrBar 14:1 ἐγένετο φωνὴ ὡς βροντή). Sim. also ποίησόν με ὡς ἕνα τῶν μισθίων σου treat me like one of your day laborers Lk 15:19.—The adj. or adjectival expr. for which this form stands may be used as an attribute πίστιν ὡς κόκκον σινάπεως faith like a mustard seed=faith no greater than a tiny mustard seed Mt 17:20; Lk 17:6. προφήτης ὡς εἷς τῶν προφητῶν Mk 6:15. Cp. Ac 3:22; 7:37 (both Dt 18:15); 10:11; 11:5. ἐγένετο ὡς εἷς τῶν φευγόντων AcPl Ha 5, 18. ἀρνίον ὡς ἐσφαγμένον a lamb that appeared to have been slaughtered Rv 5:6.—In expressions like τρίχας ὡς τρίχας γυναικῶν 9:8a the second τρίχας can be omitted as self-evident (Ps 54:7 v.l.): ἡ φωνὴ ὡς σάλπιγγος 4:1; cp. 1:10; 9:8b; 13:2a; 14:2c; 16:3.
    other noteworthy uses
    α. ὡς as can introduce an example ὡς καὶ Ἠλίας ἐποίησεν Lk 9:54 v.l.; cp. 1 Pt 3:6; or, in the combination ὡς γέγραπται, a scripture quotation Mk 1:2 v.l.; 7:6; Lk 3:4; Ac 13:33; cp. Ro 9:25; or even an authoritative human opinion Ac 17:28; 22:5; 25:10; or any other decisive reason Mt 5:48; 6:12 (ὡς καί).
    β. ὡς introduces short clauses: ὡς εἰώθει as his custom was Mk 10:1. Cp. Hs 5, 1, 2. ὡς λογίζομαι as I think 1 Pt 5:12. ὡς ἐνομίζετο as was supposed Lk 3:23 (Diog. L. 3, 2 ὡς Ἀθήνησιν ἦν λόγος [about Plato’s origin]; TestAbr A 5 p. 82, 32 [Stone p. 12] ὡς ἐμοὶ δοκεῖ; Just., A I, 6, 2 ὡς ἐδιδάχθημεν). ὡς ἦν as he was Mk 4:36. ὡς ἔφην Papias (2:15) (ApcMos 42; cp. Just., A I, 21, 6 ὡς προέφημεν).
    γ. The expr. οὕτως ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ ὡς ἄνθρωπος βάλῃ τὸν σπόρον Mk 4:26 may well exhibit colloquial syntax; but some think that ἄν (so one v.l. [=ἐάν, which is read by many mss.]) once stood before ἄνθρωπος and was lost inadvertently. S. the comm., e.g. EKlostermann, Hdb. z. NT4 ’50 ad loc.; s. also Jülicher, Gleichn. 539; B-D-F §380, 4; Mlt. 185 w. notes; Rdm.2 154; Rob. 928; 968.
    marker introducing the perspective from which a pers., thing, or activity is viewed or understood as to character, function, or role, as
    w. focus on quality, circumstance, or role
    α. as (JosAs 26:7 ἔγνω … Λευὶς … ταῦτα πάντα ὡς προφήτης; Just., A I, 7, 4 ἵνα ὡς ἄδικος κολάζηται) τί ἔτι κἀγὼ ὡς ἁμαρτωλὸς κρίνομαι; why am I still being condemned as a sinner? Ro 3:7. ὡς σοφὸς ἀρχιτέκτων 1 Cor 3:10. ὡς ἀρτιγέννητα βρέφη as newborn children (in reference to desire for maternal milk) 1 Pt 2:2. μή τις ὑμῶν πασχέτω ὡς φονεύς 4:15a; cp. b, 16.—1:14; 1 Cor 7:25; 2 Cor 6:4; Eph 5:1; Col 3:12; 1 Th 2:4, 7a.—In the oblique cases, genitive (ApcSed 16:2 ὡς νέου αὐτοῦ ἐπαράβλεπον τὰ πταίσματα αὐτοῦ; Just., A I, 14, 4 ὑμέτερον ἔστω ὡς δυνατῶν βασιλέων): τιμίῳ αἵματι ὡς ἀμνοῦ ἀμώμου Χριστοῦ with the precious blood of Christ, as of a lamb without blemish 1 Pt 1:19. δόξαν ὡς μονογενοῦς παρὰ πατρός glory as of an only-begotten son, coming from the Father J 1:14. Cp. Hb 12:27. Dative (Ath. 14, 2 θύουσιν ὡς θεοῖς; 28, 3 πιστεύειν ὡς μυθοποιῷ; Stephan. Byz. s.v. Κυνόσαργες: Ἡρακλεῖ ὡς θεῷ θύων): λαλῆσαι ὑμῖν ὡς πνευματικοῖς 1 Cor 3:1a; cp. bc; 10:15; 2 Cor 6:13; Hb 12:5; 1 Pt 2:13f; 3:7ab; 2 Pt 1:19. Accusative (JosAs 22:8 ἠγάπα αὐτὸν ὡς ἄνδρα προφήτην; Just., A I, 4, 4 τὸ ὄνομα ὡς ἔλεγχον λαμβάνετε; Tat. 27, 1 ὡς ἀθεωτάτους ἡμᾶς ἐκκηρύσσετε; Ath. 16, 4 οὐ προσκυνῶ αὐτὰ ὡς θεοὺς): οὐχ ὡς θεὸν ἐδόξασαν Ro 1:21; 1 Cor 4:14; 8:7; Tit 1:7; Phlm 16; Hb 6:19; 11:9. παρακαλῶ ὡς παροίκους καὶ παρεπιδήμους 1 Pt 2:11 (from the perspective of their conversion experience the recipients of the letter are compared to temporary residents and disenfranchised foreigners, cp. the imagery 1 Pt 1:19 above and s. παρεπίδημος and πάροικος 2).—This is prob. also the place for ὸ̔ ἐὰν ποιῆτε, ἐργάζεσθε ὡς τῷ κυρίῳ whatever you have to do, do it as work for the Lord Col 3:23. Cp. Eph 5:22. εἴ τις λαλεῖ ὡς λόγια θεοῦ if anyone preaches, (let the pers. do so) as if (engaged in proclaiming the) words of God 1 Pt 4:11a; cp. ibid. b; 2 Cor 2:17bc; Eph 6:5, 7.
    β. ὡς w. ptc. gives the reason for an action as one who, because (X., Cyr. 7, 5, 13 κατεγέλων τῆς πολιορκίας ὡς ἔχοντες τὰ ἐπιτήδεια; Appian, Liby. 56 §244 μέμφεσθαι τοῖς θεοῖς ὡς ἐπιβουλεύουσι=as being hostile; Polyaenus 2, 1, 1; 3, 10, 3 ὡς ἔχων=just as if he had; TestAbr B 8 p. 112, 17 [Stone p. 72] ὡς αὐτῷ ὄντι φίλῳ μου (do it for) him [Abraham] as a friend of mine; TestJob 17:5 καθʼ ἡμῶν ὡς τυραννούντων against us as though we were tyrants; ApcMos 23 ὡς νομίζοντες on the assumption that (we would not be discovered); Jos., Ant. 1, 251; Ath. 16, 1 ὁ δὲ κόσμος οὐχ ὡς δεομένου τοῦ θεοῦ γέγονεν; SIG 1168, 35); Paul says: I appealed to the Emperor οὐχ ὡς τοῦ ἔθνους μου ἔχων τι κατηγορεῖν not that I had any charge to bring against my (own) people Ac 28:19 (PCairZen 44, 23 [257 B.C.] οὐχ ὡς μενῶν=not as if it were my purpose to remain there). ὡς foll. by the gen. abs. ὡς τὰ πάντα ἡμῖν τῆς θείας δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ δεδωρημένης because his divine power has granted us everything 2 Pt 1:3. Cp. Dg. 5:16.—Only in isolated instances does ὡς show causal force when used w. a finite verb for, seeing that (PLeid 16, 1, 20; Lucian, Dial. Mort. 17, 2, end, Vit. Auct. 25; Aesop, Fab. 109 P.=148 H.; 111 H-H.: ὡς εὐθέως ἐξελεύσομαι=because; Tetrast. Iamb. 1, 6, 3; Nicetas Eugen. 6, 131 H. Cp. Herodas 10, 3: ὡς=because [with the copula ‘is’ to be supplied]) Mt 6:12 (ὡς καί as Mk 7:37 v.l.; TestDan 3:1 v.l.; the parallel Lk 11:4 has γάρ). AcPlCor 1:6 ὡς οὖν ὁ κύριος ἠλέησεν ἡμᾶς inasmuch as the Lord has shown us mercy (by permitting us). So, more oft., καθώς (q.v. 3).
    γ. ὡς before the predicate acc. or nom. w. certain verbs functions pleonastically and further contributes to the aspect of perspective ὡς προφήτην ἔχουσιν τὸν Ἰωάννην Mt 21:26. Cp. Lk 16:1. λογίζεσθαί τινα ὡς foll. by acc. look upon someone as 1 Cor 4:1; 2 Cor 10:2 (for this pass. s. also c below). Cp. 2 Th 3:15ab; Phil 2:7; Js 2:9.
    w. focus on a conclusion existing only in someone’s imagination or based solely on someone’s assertion (PsSol 8:30; Jos., Bell. 3, 346; Just., A I, 27, 5; Mel., P. 58, 422) προσηνέγκατέ μοι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τοῦτον ὡς ἀποστρέφοντα τὸν λαόν, καὶ ἰδοὺ … you have brought this fellow before me as one who (as you claim) is misleading the people, and nowLk 23:14. τί καυχᾶσαι ὡς μὴ λαβών; why do you boast, as though you (as you think) had not received? 1 Cor 4:7. Cp. Ac 3:12; 23:15, 20; 27:30. ὡς μὴ ἐρχομένου μου as though I were not coming (acc. to their mistaken idea) 1 Cor 4:18. ὡς μελλούσης τῆς πόλεως αἴρεσθαι assuming that the city was being destroyed AcPl Ha 5, 16.
    w. focus on what is objectively false or erroneous ἐπιστολὴ ὡς διʼ ἡμῶν a letter (falsely) alleged to be from us 2 Th 2:2a (Diod S 33, 5, 5 ἔπεμψαν ὡς παρὰ τῶν πρεσβευτῶν ἐπιστολήν they sent a letter which purported to come from the emissaries; Diog. L. 10:3 falsified ἐπιστολαὶ ὡς Ἐπικούρου; Just., A, II, 5, 5 ὡς ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ σπορᾷ γενομένους υἱούς). τοὺς λογιζομένους ἡμᾶς ὡς κατὰ σάρκα περιπατοῦντας 2 Cor 10:2 (s. also aγ above). Cp. 11:17; 13:7. Israel wishes to become righteous οὐκ ἐκ πίστεως ἀλλʼ ὡς ἐξ ἔργων not through faith but through deeds (the latter way being objectively wrong) Ro 9:32 (Rdm.2 26f). ὡς ἐκ παραδόσεως ἀγράφου εἰς αὐτὸν ἥκοντα (other matters he recounts) as having reached him through unwritten tradition (Eus. about Papias) Papias (2:11).
    conj., marker of result in connection with indication of purpose=ὥστε so that (Trag., Hdt.+, though nearly always w. the inf.; so also POxy 1040, 11; PFlor 370, 10; Wsd 5:12; TestJob 39:7; ApcMos 38; Jos., Ant. 12, 229; Just., A I, 56, 2; Tat. 12, 2. W. the indic. X., Cyr. 5, 4, 11 οὕτω μοι ἐβοήθησας ὡς σέσῳσμαι; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 8, 7 p. 324, 25f; Jos., Bell. 3, 343; Ath. 15, 3; 22, 2) Hb 3:11; 4:3 (both Ps 94:11). ὡς αὐτὸν καθόλου τὸ φῶς μὴ βλέπειν Papias (3:2) (s. φῶς 1a). ὡς πάντας ἄχθεσθαι (s. ἄχθομαι) AcPl Ha 4, 14. ὡς πάντας … ἀγαλλιᾶσθαι 6, 31 al.
    marker of discourse content, that, the fact that after verbs of knowing, saying (even introducing direct discourse: Maximus Tyr. 5:4f), hearing, etc.=ὅτι that (X., An. 1, 3, 5; Menand., Sam. 590 S. [245 Kö.]; Aeneas Tact. 402; 1342; PTebt 10, 6 [119 B.C.]; 1 Km 13:11; EpArist; Philo, Op. M. 9; Jos., Ant. 7, 39; 9, 162; 15, 249 al.; Just., A I, 60, 2; Tat. 39, 2; 41, 1; Ath. 30, 4.—ORiemann, RevPhilol n.s. 6, 1882, 73–75; HKallenberg, RhM n.s. 68, 1913, 465–76; B-D-F §396) ἀναγινώσκειν Mk 12:26 v.l. (for πῶς); Lk 6:4 (w. πῶς as v.l.). μνησθῆναι Lk 24:6 (D ὅσα); cp. 22:61 (=Lat. quomodo, as in ms. c of the Old Itala; cp. Plautus, Poen. 3, 1, 54–56). ἐπίστασθαι (Jos., Ant. 7, 372) Ac 10:28; 20:18b v.l. (for πῶς). εἰδέναι (MAI 37, 1912, 183 [= Kl. T. 110, 81, 10] ἴστε ὡς [131/132 A.D.]) 1 Th 2:11a. μάρτυς ὡς Ro 1:9; Phil 1:8; 1 Th 2:10.—ὡς ὅτι s. ὅτι 5b.
    w. numerals, a degree that approximates a point on a scale of extent, about, approximately, nearly (Hdt., Thu. et al.; PAmh 72, 12; PTebt 381, 4 [VSchuman, ClW 28, ’34/35, 95f: pap]; Jos., Ant. 6, 95; Ruth 1:4; 1 Km 14:2; TestJob 31:2; JosAs 1:6) ὡς δισχίλιοι Mk 5:13. Cp. 8:9; Lk 1:56; 8:42; J 1:39; 4:6; 6:10, 19; 19:14, 39; 21:8; Ac 4:4; 5:7, 36; 13:18, 20; 27:37 v.l. (Hemer, Acts 149 n. 140); Rv 8:1.
    a relatively high point on a scale involving exclamation, how! (X., Cyr. 1, 3, 2 ὦ μῆτερ, ὡς καλός μοι ὁ πάππος! Himerius, Or. 54 [=Or. 15], 1 ὡς ἡδύ μοι τὸ θέατρον=how pleasant … ! Ps 8:2; 72:1; TestJob 7:12) ὡς ὡραῖοι οἱ πόδες τῶν εὐαγγελιζομένων ἀγαθά Ro 10:15 (cp. Is 52:7). Cp. 11:33. ὡς μεγάλη μοι ἡ σήμερον ἡμέρα GJs 19:2.
    temporal conjunction (B-D-F §455, 2; 3; Harnack, SBBerlAk 1908, 392).
    w. the aor. when, after (Hom., Hdt. et al.; Diod S 14, 80, 1; pap [POxy 1489, 4 al.]; LXX; TestAbr B 3 p. 107, 6 [Stone p. 62]; JosAs 3:2; ParJer 3:1; ApcMos 22; Jos., Bell. 1, 445b; Just., D. 2, 4; 3, 1) ὡς ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι Lk 1:23. ὡς ἐγεύσατο ὁ ἀρχιτρίκλινος J 2:9.—Lk 1:41, 44; 2:15, 39; 4:25; 5:4; 7:12; 15:25; 19:5; 22:66; 23:26; J 4:1, 40; 6:12, 16; 7:10; 11:6, 20, 29, 32f; 18:6; 19:33; 21:9; Ac 5:24; 10:7, 25; 13:29; 14:5; 16:10, 15; 17:13; 18:5; 19:21; 21:1, 12; 22:25; 27:1, 27; 28:4. AcPl Ha 3, 20.
    w. pres. or impf. while, when, as long as (Menand., Fgm. 538, 2 K. ὡς ὁδοιπορεῖς; Cyrill. Scyth. [VI A.D.] ed. ESchwartz ’39 p. 143, 1; 207, 22 ὡς ἔτι εἰμί=as long as I live) ὡς ὑπάγεις μετὰ τοῦ ἀντιδίκου σου while you are going with your opponent Lk 12:58. ὡς ἐλάλει ἡμῖν, ὡς διήνοιγεν ἡμῖν τὰς γραφάς while he was talking, while he was opening the scriptures to us 24:32.—J 2:23; 8:7; 12:35f ( as long as; cp. ἕως 2a); Ac 1:10; 7:23; 9:23; 10:17; 13:25; 19:9; 21:27; 25:14; Gal 6:10 ( as long as); 2 Cl 8:1; 9:7; IRo 2:2; ISm 9:1 (all four as long as).—ὡς w. impf., and in the next clause the aor. ind. w. the same subject (Diod S 15, 45, 4 ὡς ἐθεώρουν …, συνεστήσαντο ‘when [or ‘as soon as’] they noticed …, they put together [a fleet]’; SIG 1169, 58 ὡς ἐνεκάθευδε, εἶδε ‘while he was sleeping [or ‘when he went to sleep’] [in the temple] he saw [a dream or vision]’) Mt 28:9 v.l.; J 20:11; Ac 8:36; 16:4; 22:11. Since (Soph., Oed. R. 115; Thu. 4, 90, 3) ὡς τοῦτο γέγονεν Mk 9:21.
    ὡς ἄν or ὡς ἐάν w. subjunctive of the time of an event in the future when, as soon as.
    α. ὡς ἄν (Hyperid. 2, 43, 4; Herodas 5, 50; Lucian, Cronosolon 11; PHib 59, 1 [c. 245 B.C.] ὡς ἂν λάβῃς; UPZ 71, 18 [152 B.C.]; PTebt 26, 2. Cp. Witkowski 87; Gen 12:12; Josh 2:14; Is 8:21; Da 3:15 Theod.; Ath. 31, 3 [ἐάν Schwartz]) Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 11:34; Phil 2:23.
    β. ὡς ἐάν (PFay 111, 16 [95/96 A.D.] ὡς ἐὰν βλέπῃς) 1 Cl 12:5f; Hv 3, 8, 9; 3, 13, 2.
    w. the superlative ὡς τάχιστα (a bookish usage; s. B-D-F §244, 1; Rob. 669) as quickly as possible Ac 17:15 (s. ταχέως 1c).
    a final particle, expressing intention/purpose, with a view to, in order to
    w. subjunctive (Hom.+; TestAbr A 4 p. 80, 33 [Stone p. 8]; SibOr 3, 130; Synes., Hymni 3, 44 [NTerzaghi ’39]) ὡς τελειώσω in order that I might finish Ac 20:24 v.l. (s. Mlt. 249).
    w. inf. (X.; Arrian [very oft.: ABoehner, De Arriani dicendi genere, diss. Erlangen 1885 p. 56]; PGen 28, 12 [II A.D.]; ZPE 8, ’71, 177: letter of M. Ant. 57, cp. 44–46; 3 Macc 1:2; Joseph.; cp. the use of the opt. Just., D. 2, 3) Lk 9:52. ὡς τελειῶσαι Ac 20:24. ὡς ἔπος εἰπεῖν Hb 7:9 (s. ἔπος).
    used w. prepositions to indicate the direction intended (Soph., Thu., X. [Kühner-G. I 472 note 1]; Polyb. 1, 29, 1; LRadermacher, Philol 60, 1901, 495f) πορεύεσθαι ὡς ἐπὶ τὴν θάλασσαν Ac 17:14 v.l.—WStählin, Symbolon, ’58, 99–104. S. also ὡσάν, ὡσαύτως, ὡσεί 2, ὥσπερ b, ὡσπερεί, ὥστε 2b. DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὡς

См. также в других словарях:

  • way — noun 1 method/style ADJECTIVE ▪ convenient, easy, effective, efficient, good, ideal, practical, quick, simple, useful …   Collocations dictionary

  • way — n. path, route 1) to blaze, clear, pave, prepare; smoothe the way for (to pave the way for reform) 2) to take the (easy) way (out of a difficult situation) 3) to lead; point, show the way 4) to edge; elbow; fight; force; hack; jostle; make;… …   Combinatory dictionary

  • Way of the Cross — • Historical background on this devotion Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Way of the Cross     Way of the Cross     † …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Certain General — Certain General, 2008 Background information Origin New York, New York, United States Genres Post punk …   Wikipedia

  • Certain Women — was an Australian television soap opera created by prominent Australian TV dramatist Tony Morphett and produced by the Australian Broadcasting Corporation between 1973 and 1976. The idea for series reportedly grew out of Morphett s frustration… …   Wikipedia

  • WAY, LEWIS° — (1773–1840), British missionary. Way was educated at Eton and Oxford and became a barrister. At the age of 40, out of religious inclination, he became interested in Jews and Judaism and joined a British missionary society. He visited Jewish… …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

  • Way|land — «WAY luhnd», noun, or Wayland the Smith, a marvelously skilled smith, normally invisible but able to become visible under certain circumstances, so called in English folklore, but encountered as a standard figure in all early Germanic folklore …   Useful english dictionary

  • way pouch — A pouch containing mail for post offices along a certain route. It is opened at each office to remove local mail and add mail from that office to other destinations on the route …   Glossary of postal terms

  • way — [[t]we͟ɪ[/t]] ♦ ways 1) N COUNT: oft N of ing, N to inf If you refer to a way of doing something, you are referring to how you can do it, for example the action you can take or the method you can use to achieve it. Freezing isn t a bad way of… …   English dictionary

  • way — n. & adv. n. 1 a road, track, path, etc., for passing along. 2 a course or route for reaching a place, esp. the best one (asked the way to London). 3 a place of passage into a building, through a door, etc. (could not find the way out). 4 a a… …   Useful english dictionary

  • certain — I [[t]sɜ͟ː(r)t(ə)n[/t]] BEING SURE ♦♦♦ 1) ADJ GRADED: v link ADJ, oft ADJ that/wh, ADJ of/about n If you are certain about something, you firmly believe it is true and have no doubt about it. If you are not certain about something, you do not… …   English dictionary

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»